and_o tyrannical_a principle_n and_o practice_n will_v overspread_v the_o whole_a world_n in_o a_o manner_n the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n as_o it_o be_v predict_v in_o the_o apoâ—…alypse_n become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ._n this_o state_n of_o the_o church_n may_v be_v term_v regnum_fw-la montis_fw-la the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mountain_n as_o mr._n mede_n have_v well_o note_v as_o the_o state_n before_o this_o may_v be_v call_v regnum_fw-la lapidis_fw-la the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n 36._o this_o be_v the_o dream_n which_o miraculous_o and_o by_o the_o mere_a inspiration_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o most_o high_a be_v communicate_v unto_o i_o and_o which_o the_o king_n can_v deny_v but_o to_o have_v be_v the_o dream_n which_o he_o be_v so_o desirous_a to_o recover_v into_o his_o mind_n and_o we_o will_v tell_v the_o interpretation_n thereof_o before_o the_o king_n which_o he_o may_v be_v sure_o be_v true_a and_o divine_o inspire_v it_o be_v impossible_a any_o man_n shall_v know_v the_o thought_n of_o another_o man_n especial_o so_o strange_a and_o operose_fw-la as_o these_o unless_o he_o be_v inspire_v whence_o my_o declare_v the_o dream_n ought_v to_o be_v look_v upon_o as_o a_o certain_a assurance_n of_o the_o truth_n of_o my_o interpretation_n which_o be_v this_o 37._o thou_o o_o king_n be_v a_o king_n of_o king_n that_o be_v the_o great_a king_n on_o earth_n for_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n have_v give_v thou_o a_o kingdom_n power_n and_o strength_n and_o glory_n thou_o have_v a_o strong_a potent_n and_o glorious_a kingdom_n and_o it_o be_v the_o gift_n of_o god_n unto_o thou_o and_o therefore_o thou_o shall_v remember_v to_o govern_v as_o his_o vicegerent_n 38._o and_o wheresoever_o the_o child_n of_o man_n dwell_v viz._n the_o cultivated_a place_n of_o his_o kingdom_n the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n the_o desert_a place_n of_o arabia_n and_o africa_n say_v grotin_n and_o the_o fowl_n of_o the_o heaven_n envious_a and_o inaccessible_a rock_n where_o only_o the_o fowl_n of_o heaven_n can_v nest_n have_v he_o give_v into_o thy_o hand_n and_o have_v make_v thou_o ruler_n over_o they_o all_o all_o these_o diversity_n of_o the_o vast_a place_n of_o thy_o kingdom_n be_v thou_o lord_n over_o and_o god_n have_v give_v thou_o so_o large_a a_o empire_n so_o prosperous_a and_o glorious_a i_o declare_v unto_o thou_o thou_o be_v this_o head_n of_o gold_n which_o be_v brief_o and_o figurative_o speak_v by_o a_o synecdoche_n or_o metonymy_n for_o thou_o be_v the_o head_n of_o this_o golden_a kingdom_n of_o babylon_n or_o thou_o be_v the_o lord_n and_o owner_n of_o it_o from_o whence_o we_o may_v be_v assure_v that_o the_o head_n of_o gold_n signify_v the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n nabuchadnezzar_n be_v then_o king_n of_o babylon_n and_o cyaxares_n the_o make_v conjoin_v in_o affinity_n and_o confederacy_n with_o nabopolassar_n the_o father_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v subvert_v nineve_n the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o assyrian_a empire_n together_o with_o the_o empire_n itself_o some_o four_o year_n before_o and_o near_o a_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o year_n after_o salmanasser_n have_v take_v samaria_n and_o carry_v the_o ten_o tribe_n away_o captive_a 39_o and_o after_o thou_o shall_v arise_v another_o kingdom_n inferior_a to_o thou_o the_o first_o empire_n comprise_v in_o this_o image_n be_v thus_o evident_o the_o babylonian_a it_o do_v natural_o follow_v that_o the_o second_o must_v be_v the_o medo-persian_a begin_v in_o cyrus_n who_o first_o have_v take_v babylon_n and_o belshazzar_n the_o last_o king_n be_v slay_v by_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n he_o bring_v along_o with_o he_o though_o he_o deliver_v the_o empire_n to_o his_o uncle_n darius_n the_o mede_n yet_o he_o be_v age_a and_o die_v within_o a_o year_n or_o two_o he_o present_o succeed_v he_o and_o become_v monarch_n of_o the_o mede_n as_o well_o as_o persian_n himself_o also_o be_v a_o medo-persian_a by_o extraction_n on_o the_o mother_n side_n a_o mede_n and_o on_o the_o father_n side_n a_o persian_a whence_o he_o be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o a_o mule_n as_o grotius_n note_v but_o that_o the_o coalescency_n of_o these_o two_o nation_n into_o one_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n be_v signify_v by_o the_o silver_n part_n of_o the_o image_n which_o be_v the_o breast_n from_o which_o the_o two_o arm_n come_v have_v be_v note_v above_o the_o hard_a scruple_n be_v how_o this_o medo_fw-la persian_a empire_n shall_v be_v say_v to_o be_v less_o than_o that_o of_o nebuchadnezzar_n the_o babylonian_a there_o be_v the_o accession_n of_o persia_n and_o all_o the_o acquist_n of_o cyrus_n add_v thereto_o grotius_n his_o answer_n be_v quia_fw-la cyrus_n &_o successores_fw-la ejus_fw-la africam_fw-la non_fw-la tenuerunt_fw-la gasper_n sanctius_n that_o there_o be_v not_o that_o pacateness_n nor_o tranquillity_n in_o the_o medo-persian_a empire_n that_o there_o be_v in_o the_o babylonian_a or_o so_o continue_a prosperity_n and_o success_n calvin_n make_v one_o empire_n inferior_a to_o another_o as_o the_o metal_n be_v from_o gold_n to_o iron_n in_o morality_n temperance_n justice_n faithfulness_n etc._n etc._n according_a to_o that_o vulgar_a opinion_n express_v in_o horace_n carm._n lib._n 3._o odd_a 6._o aetes_n parentum_fw-la pejor_fw-la avis_fw-fr tulit_fw-la nos_fw-la nequiores_fw-la mox_fw-la daturos_fw-la progeniem_fw-la vitiosiorem_fw-la whence_o spring_v that_o poetical_a description_n of_o the_o world_n be_v degenerate_v according_o to_o the_o four_o age_n thereof_o from_o gold_n to_o silver_n from_o silver_n to_o brass_n and_o from_o brass_n to_o iron_n which_o in_o all_o likelihood_n be_v more_o particular_o occasion_v from_o nebuchadnezzar_n dream_n of_o this_o image_n of_o those_o four_o metal_n antiquity_n not_o understand_v the_o true_a sense_n thereof_o but_o it_o be_v possible_a that_o forasmuch_o as_o it_o be_v read_v and_o after_o thou_o shall_v arise_v another_o kingdom_n inferior_a to_o thou_o that_o too_o thou_o be_v here_o on_o purpose_n put_v for_o to_o thou_o that_o the_o first_o head_n of_o this_o follow_a kingdom_n may_v be_v understand_v to_o be_v more_o especial_o compare_v with_o he_o in_o which_o there_o seem_v apparent_a odds_o for_o cyrus_n the_o first_o head_n of_o the_o medo-persian_a monarchy_n or_o empire_n reign_v not_o pass_v two_o or_o three_o year_n in_o that_o enlarge_a empire_n and_o not_o pass_v thirty_o in_o his_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n whenas_o nabuchadnezzar_n in_o his_o babylonian_a empire_n reign_v three_o and_o forty_o year_n most_o splendid_o and_o prosperous_o insomuch_o that_o the_o excess_n of_o his_o prosperity_n cast_v he_o into_o that_o septennial_a delirancy_n out_o of_o which_o he_o be_v recover_v and_o give_v praise_n to_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n but_o cyrus_n as_o he_o reign_v but_o a_o small_a time_n in_o the_o medo-persian_a empire_n so_o he_o be_v vanquish_v inglorious_o by_o the_o hand_n of_o a_o woman_n tomyris_n a_o scythian_a queen_n who_o cut_v off_o his_o head_n and_o cast_v it_o into_o a_o vessel_n of_o blood_n say_v satia_fw-la te_fw-la cyre_z sanguine_a quem_fw-la â—…itisti_fw-la but_o whether_o this_o way_n or_o that_o way_n please_v best_a to_o make_v the_o easy_a sense_n of_o the_o text_n it_o be_v unavoidable_o plain_a that_o this_o second_o monarchy_n be_v the_o medo-persian_a nor_o do_v any_o interpreter_n doubt_v of_o it_o and_o another_o three_o kingdom_n of_o brass_n this_o show_v plain_o that_o the_o golden_a silver_n and_o brass_n part_n of_o the_o image_n signify_v three_o distinct_a kingdom_n but_o now_o it_o be_v evident_a in_o history_n that_o as_o the_o medo-persian_a empire_n succeed_v the_o babylonian_a so_o the_o macedonick_a or_o grecian_a succeed_v the_o medo-persian_a for_o alexander_n macedo_n after_o he_o have_v vanquish_v darius_n codomannus_n in_o his_o last_o battle_n at_o arbela_n darius_n be_v slay_v some_o six_o month_n after_o by_o bessus_n one_o of_o the_o peer_n of_o his_o own_o empire_n and_o babylon_n take_v translate_v the_o monarchy_n from_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n to_o the_o greek_n about_o the_o three_o year_n of_o the_o 112_o olympiad_n and_o that_o the_o greek_a empire_n be_v not_o unfit_o set_v out_o by_o the_o two_o thigh_n of_o brass_n by_o reason_n of_o those_o two_o most_o eminent_a part_n of_o it_o into_o which_o after_o alexander_n death_n it_o be_v divide_v and_o stand_v so_o divide_v for_o a_o long_a time_n namely_o the_o two_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n i_o have_v note_v above_o and_o it_o may_v not_o be_v altogether_o impertinent_a to_o note_n also_o what_o justin_n write_v lib._n 12._o eâdie_fw-la quâ_fw-la natus_fw-la est_fw-la alexander_n dvae_fw-la aquilae_fw-la totâ_fw-la die_fw-la praepetes_fw-la super_fw-la culmen_fw-la domû_fw-fr patris_fw-la ejus_fw-la sederunt_fw-la omen_fw-la duplicis_fw-la imperii_fw-la europae_n asiaeque_fw-la praeferentes_fw-la which_o shall_v bear_v rule_n over_o all_o the_o
in_o the_o metal_n be_v make_v use_n of_o to_o set_v out_o the_o order_n of_o time_n in_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o therefore_o because_o gold_n be_v first_o in_o esteem_n among_o metal_n therefore_o the_o golden_a part_n of_o the_o image_n the_o head_n both_o because_o it_o be_v the_o head_n and_o of_o gold_n denote_v the_o first_o empire_n the_o church_n of_o god_n or_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v concern_v in_o viz._n the_o babylonian_a under_o who_o they_o be_v then_o captive_a but_o as_o for_o the_o ten_o tribe_n they_o be_v carry_v away_o into_o perpetual_a captivity_n by_o salmanasser_n king_n of_o assyria_n long_v before_o never_o to_o be_v hear_v of_o again_o at_o least_o during_o the_o time_n of_o these_o four_o empire_n here_o prefigure_v but_o the_o jew_n proper_o so_o call_v be_v concern_v first_o under_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n then_o under_o the_o medo-persian_a decree_n be_v give_v out_o first_o by_o cyrus_n then_o artaxerxes_n in_o their_o behalf_n though_o cambyses_n be_v unkind_a to_o they_o and_o under_o the_o great_a xerxes_n by_o reason_n of_o his_o queen_n esther_n a_o jew_n they_o have_v a_o signal_n deliverance_n from_o their_o bloody_a enemy_n haman_n and_o how_o they_o be_v concern_v during_o the_o greek_a empire_n especial_o under_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o much_o more_o under_o the_o roman_a be_v so_o notorious_a that_o it_o be_v enough_o only_a to_o name_v it_o which_o reason_n may_v suffice_v why_o no_o more_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n and_o why_o these_o especial_o babylonian_n medo-persian_a greek_a and_o roman_a be_v comprise_v in_o this_o image_n the_o first_o whereof_o be_v signify_v by_o the_o image_n head_n of_o fine_a gold_n as_o daniel_n himself_o will_v anon_o interpret_v his_o breast_n and_o his_o arm_n of_o silver_n the_o arm_n be_v proper_o that_o part_n of_o the_o body_n which_o reach_v from_o the_o shoulder_n to_o the_o wrist_n and_o so_o exclude_v the_o hand_n of_o which_o there_o be_v here_o no_o mention_n though_o there_o be_v mention_n of_o foot_n adjoin_v to_o the_o leg_n which_o be_v not_o fortuitous_a but_o design_v for_o this_o breast_n with_o its_o arm_n of_o silver_n denote_v the_o medo-persian_a empire_n which_o consist_v of_o two_o people_n the_o mede_n and_o persian_n they_o be_v fit_o represent_v by_o these_o two_o arm_n but_o with_o no_o mention_n of_o hand_n of_o which_o the_o ten_o finger_n will_v be_v the_o natural_a part_n because_o there_o be_v no_o division_n of_o the_o medo-persian_a empire_n into_o ten_o kingdom_n as_o there_o be_v of_o the_o roman_a his_o belly_n and_o his_o thigh_n of_o brass_n by_o this_o belly_n and_o the_o two_o thigh_n of_o brass_n be_v understand_v the_o greek_a empire_n which_o be_v one_o in_o alexander_n but_o after_o his_o death_n divide_v more_o notable_o and_o durable_o into_o the_o two_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n for_o at_o first_o there_o be_v a_o quadripartition_n of_o his_o empire_n but_o that_o not_o last_v so_o long_o or_o all_o part_n of_o it_o be_v not_o so_o famous_a or_o the_o jew_n not_o so_o much_o concern_v in_o they_o this_o general_a prefiguration_n of_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o four_o empire_n take_v notice_n only_o of_o what_o be_v most_o remarkable_a as_o those_o two_o be_v 33._o his_o leg_n of_o iron_n here_o begin_v the_o roman_a empire_n suppose_v upon_o aemylius_fw-la paulus_n the_o roman_a consul_n his_o vanquish_a of_o perseus_n the_o last_o king_n of_o macedonia_n from_o which_o time_n the_o roman_a empire_n in_o the_o prophetical_a account_n may_v rational_o seem_v to_o commence_v the_o greek_a or_o macedonick_a empire_n proper_o so_o call_v be_v then_o put_v a_o end_n to_o though_o other_o part_n still_o remain_v and_o here_o the_o roman_a empire_n may_v very_o well_o be_v represent_v by_o the_o two_o leg_n that_o state_n for_o many_o hundred_o year_n be_v mostwhat_a support_v by_o the_o supreme_a power_n of_o their_o two_o consul_n and_o so_o this_o character_n may_v be_v allude_v to_o by_o the_o two_o leg_n to_o understand_v what_o people_n be_v mean_v though_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o empire_n commence_v no_o high_o than_o from_o the_o vanquish_a perseus_n king_n of_o macedonia_n by_o aemylius_fw-la the_o consul_n which_o consular_a power_n continue_v above_o a_o hundred_o year_n after_o and_o the_o name_n much_o long_o so_o fit_a a_o emblem_n be_v these_o two_o leg_n of_o iron_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n and_o their_o empire_n his_o foot_n part_v of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n which_o foot_n imply_v the_o ten_o toe_n which_o be_v part_n of_o the_o foot_n and_o therefore_o represent_v the_o roman_a empire_n divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o ten_o kingdom_n be_v also_o prefigure_v by_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o the_o division_n of_o which_o roman_n empire_n into_o ten_o kingdom_n happen_v since_o the_o empire_n become_v christian_n we_o may_v better_v thence_o understand_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o foot_n be_v partly_o of_o iron_n and_o partly_o of_o clay_n namely_o that_o in_o that_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n it_o be_v become_v partly_o ecclesiastical_a and_o partly_o secular_a by_o the_o iron_n as_o before_o understand_v the_o secular_a power_n by_o the_o clay_n the_o ecclesiastical_a which_o clay_n or_o earth_n here_o in_o daniel_n seem_v to_o be_v allude_v to_o apoc._n 12._o 16._o where_o the_o earth_n be_v say_v to_o help_v the_o woman_n namely_o a_o ecumenical_a council_n by_o open_v its_o mouth_n and_o swallow_v down_o the_o flood_n of_o contention_n which_o the_o arian_n especial_o have_v raise_v by_o their_o condemn_v that_o heresy_n as_o if_o a_o clayie_a ground_n shall_v cleave_v with_o a_o wide_a scissure_n and_o swallow_v down_o a_o sudden_a torrent_n or_o land-floud_n 34._o thou_o see_v till_o a_o stone_n be_v cut_v out_o without_o hanâ—â—_n that_o be_v beside_o this_o image_n and_o the_o four_o distinct_a metalline_a part_n thereof_o thou_o see_v moreover_o a_o stone_n cut_v out_o without_o hand_n no_o man_n with_o axe_n or_o gavelock_n dissever_a it_o which_o stone_n be_v christ_n and_o his_o true_a church_n himself_o be_v bear_v in_o a_o supernatural_a way_n by_o the_o over-shadowing_a of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n and_o his_o church_n be_v raise_v and_o propagate_v in_o a_o supernatural_a way_n by_o the_o assistance_n also_o of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n by_o real_a miracle_n by_o unfeigned_a sanctity_n and_o by_o invincible_a patience_n and_o suffer_v for_o the_o truth_n wherefore_o the_o true_a christian_a church_n head_n with_o the_o member_n this_o be_v that_o stone_n cut_v out_o without_o hand_n which_o smite_v the_o image_n upon_o his_o foot_n which_o be_v of_o iron_n and_o clay_n and_o break_v they_o in_o piece_n this_o true_a apostolic_a church_n which_o appear_v with_o christ_n and_o his_o apostle_n and_o so_o on_o in_o the_o pure_a primitive_a time_n will_v at_o last_o strike_v the_o image_n upon_o his_o foot_n namely_o under_o the_o seven_o vial_n or_o at_o that_o war_n of_o the_o rider_n on_o the_o white_a horse_n wherein_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n the_o remainder_n of_o the_o iron_n and_o degenerate_a clay_n be_v cast_v into_o a_o lake_n of_o fire_n burn_v with_o brimstone_n apoc._n 19_o 21._o 35._o then_o be_v the_o iron_n the_o clay_n the_o brass_n the_o silver_n and_o the_o gold_n break_v to_o piece_n together_o and_o become_v like_o the_o chaff_n of_o the_o summer_n threshing-floor_a and_o the_o wind_n carry_v they_o away_o that_o no_o place_n be_v find_v for_o they_o this_o plain_o answer_v to_o the_o cast_v the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n burn_v with_o brimstone_n both_o place_n signify_v the_o utter_a abolish_n all_o the_o idolatrous_a tyranny_n remain_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n at_o that_o time_n whether_o in_o the_o secular_a or_o ecclesiastical_a power_n but_o that_o then_o the_o clay_n brass_n silver_n and_o gold_n be_v say_v to_o be_v break_v to_o piece_n together_o that_o be_v only_o a_o embellish_v of_o the_o external_a cortex_fw-la of_o the_o vision_n the_o succession_n of_o these_o four_o empire_n be_v exhibit_v at_o once_o they_o be_v make_v also_o to_o fall_v to_o dust_n at_o once_o together_o beside_o that_o the_o succeed_a empire_n mostwhat_a occupy_v the_o possession_n and_o territory_n of_o the_o antecedent_n that_o which_o vanquisheth_z the_o last_o may_v in_o some_o sense_n be_v think_v to_o vanquish_v they_o all_o at_o a_o clap_n or_o to_o possess_v what_o any_o of_o they_o have_v which_o will_v be_v immediate_o make_v good_a in_o the_o next_o word_n and_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v the_o image_n 〈◊〉_d a_o great_a â—…ountain_n and_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n that_o be_v the_o true_a apostolic_a church_n purge_v from_o all_o superstitious_a idolatrous_a
to_o see_v a_o person_n of_o so_o considerable_a part_n and_o learning_n to_o fall_v into_o such_o a_o delirancy_n but_o what_o we_o here_o adventure_v on_o be_v sober_a enough_o viz._n the_o suppose_v that_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n even_o from_o its_o beginning_n be_v here_o represent_v by_o the_o first_o beast_n there_o be_v the_o like_a liberty_n take_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n and_o this_o be_v suppose_v the_o exposition_n will_v run_v smooth_o and_o unexceptionable_o 1._o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o belshazzar_n the_o son_n of_o evilmerodac_a who_o be_v the_o son_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n namely_o the_o last_o king_n of_o babylon_n who_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n the_o city_n babylon_n be_v take_v by_o cyrus_n in_o the_o eighteen_o year_n of_o belshazzar_n reign_n according_a to_o thomas_n lydiat_a daniel_n have_v a_o dream_n and_o uision_n of_o his_o head_n upon_o his_o bed_n he_o have_v a_o divine_a vision_n communicate_v to_o he_o in_o his_o sleep_n for_o prophetical_a vision_n be_v communicate_v to_o the_o prophet_n either_o way_n either_o sleep_a or_o wake_v and_o they_o be_v either_o way_n true_o divine_a then_o he_o write_v the_o dream_n and_o tell_v the_o sum_n of_o the_o matter_n that_o be_v to_o say_v he_o declare_v the_o sum_n of_o the_o matter_n in_o writing_n 2._o daniel_n speak_v and_o say_v viz._n he_o declare_v thus_o touch_v himself_o i_o see_v say_v he_o in_o my_o vision_n by_o night_n and_o behold_v the_o four_o â—…inds_n of_o the_o heaven_n strive_v upon_o the_o great_a sea_n by_o the_o great-sea_n in_o the_o prophetic_a language_n be_v understand_v vast_a multitude_n of_o people_n that_o overspread_v the_o face_n of_o the_o earth_n as_o the_o water_n of_o the_o sea_n do_v by_o the_o wind_n be_v understand_v that_o invisible_a principle_n of_o motion_n from_o whence_o come_v that_o â—…icissitude_n of_o mutation_n among_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o be_v drive_v this_o way_n and_o that_o way_n according_a as_o the_o active_a part_n whatever_o it_o be_v that_o answer_v here_o to_o the_o wind_n do_v move_v they_o whether_o they_o be_v angelical_a power_n which_o superintend_v the_o affair_n of_o nation_n or_o whatever_o else_o and_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o psalm_n who_o make_v his_o angel_n spirit_n his_o minister_n a_o flame_a fire_n on_o which_o grotius_n learned_o and_o ingenious_o gloss_n thus_o psal._n 104._o 4._o sunt_fw-la angelorum_fw-la alii_fw-la aerei_fw-la alii_fw-la ignei_fw-la and_o a_o little_a after_o esse_fw-la angelis_n corpora_fw-la sed_fw-la subtilissima_fw-la non_fw-la pythagorae_n tantùm_fw-la &_o platonis_fw-la schola_fw-la sensit_fw-la sed_fw-la &_o judaei_n veteres_fw-la &_o veteres_fw-la christiani_n the_o activity_n therefore_o of_o the_o aerial_a genii_n or_o angel_n may_v be_v understand_v by_o these_o wind_n or_o the_o commotion_n they_o bring_v in_o by_o divine_a providence_n in_o the_o production_n of_o new_a empire_n and_o demolition_n of_o the_o old_a from_o the_o subtlety_n of_o their_o body_n but_o it_o may_v be_v chief_o from_o their_o activity_n in_o the_o innovation_n and_o commutation_n of_o the_o affair_n of_o mankind_n in_o pull_v down_o and_o build_n up_o kingdom_n and_o empire_n these_o angelical_a order_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d venti_fw-la and_o there_o be_v a_o quadripartition_n of_o they_o zach._n 6._o a_o distribution_n of_o they_o into_o four_o chariot_n with_o various_a colour_a horse_n where_o to_o the_o prophet_n ask_v what_o be_v these_o my_o lord_n it_o be_v answer_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d isti_fw-la sunt_fw-la quatuor_fw-la venti_fw-la coeli_fw-la where_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v the_o very_a same_o word_n that_o be_v in_o psal._n 104._o 4._o these_o be_v the_o four_o wind_n of_o heaven_n the_o quaternio_fw-la of_o the_o angelical_a minister_n of_o divine_a providence_n something_o like_o that_o apoc._n 7._o where_o there_o be_v mention_n of_o the_o four_o angel_n at_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n hold_v the_o four_o wind_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o they_o shall_v not_o blow_v on_o the_o earth_n nor_o on_o the_o sea_n and_o that_o the_o great_a thing_n in_o the_o vicissitude_n of_o kingdom_n and_o empire_n be_v do_v by_o the_o angel_n be_v a_o hypothesis_n that_o both_o daniel_n and_o the_o apocalypse_n plain_o suppose_v the_o latter_a indeed_o inculcate_n to_o awaken_v this_o dull_a sadducean_n age._n this_o i_o do_v doubt_v but_o be_v one_o sense_n of_o this_o passage_n in_o daniel_n but_o if_o any_o one_o think_v it_o too_o sublime_a and_o remote_a from_o the_o vulgar_a capacity_n he_o may_v substitute_v for_o these_o angelical_a power_n here_o denote_v by_o the_o wind_n the_o ambitious_a and_o unquiet_a mind_n of_o great_a prince_n and_o politician_n and_o their_o officer_n and_o those_o bluster_v they_o make_v in_o the_o world_n by_o their_o impetuous_a activity_n to_o begin_v or_o increase_v their_o dominion_n and_o to_o enlarge_v it_o into_o a_o more_o absolute_a empire_n but_o the_o more_o sober_a may_v take_v in_o both_o sense_n according_a to_o the_o genius_n of_o the_o prophetic_a style_n that_o by_o the_o same_o symbol_n exhibit_v frequent_o more_o thing_n than_o one_o at_o once_o but_o that_o these_o wind_n be_v say_v to_o be_v four_o it_o may_v be_v partly_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o four_o quarter_n of_o the_o world_n partly_o to_o the_o mystical_a meaning_n of_o the_o number_n four_o in_o set_v out_o the_o angelical_a kingdom_n or_o ministry_n and_o partly_o to_o the_o four_o beast_n that_o be_v to_o arise_v in_o succession_n one_o after_o another_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n by_o the_o strive_v thereon_o not_o all_o together_o but_o one_o after_o another_o for_o express_v the_o thing_n so_o as_o if_o they_o all_o coâ—â—â—cted_v one_o with_o another_o at_o the_o same_o time_n be_v but_o for_o the_o embellish_v the_o cortex_fw-la of_o the_o vision_n of_o which_o no_o more_o be_v to_o be_v take_v in_o than_o be_v agreeable_a to_o history_n and_o reason_n but_o this_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n be_v very_o remarkable_a that_o be_v the_o very_a priâ—…ordia_n here_o of_o they_o all_o be_v premise_v be_v necessary_o follow_v that_o the_o visâ—…ion_n reach_v the_o very_a beginning_n of_o each_o empire_n the_o babylonian_a as_o well_o as_o the_o rest_n or_o because_o it_o reach_v the_o very_a beginning_n of_o the_o first_o of_o these_o empire_n that_o that_o empire_n must_v be_v the_o babylonian_a as_o we_o shall_v see_v in_o the_o procedure_n 3._o and_o four_o great_a beast_n come_v up_o from_o the_o sea_n which_o as_o i_o say_v show_v that_o the_o vision_n reach_v the_o very_a rise_n or_o first_o beginning_n of_o each_o of_o they_o but_o here_o we_o be_v again_o to_o note_n that_o though_o all_o four_o be_v here_o mention_v together_o yet_o the_o rise_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n be_v one_o after_o another_o but_o their_o come_n thus_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n together_o strike_v the_o fancy_n more_o strong_a which_o be_v the_o peculiar_a scope_n of_o the_o cortex_fw-la of_o the_o prophecy_n both_o here_o and_o in_o the_o apocalypse_n diversone_n from_o another_o viz._n in_o shape_n and_o condition_n but_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n they_o be_v all_o beast_n the_o septuagint_n render_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d wild_a beast_n and_o grotius_n upon_o the_o place_n ideo_fw-la bestiae_fw-la say_v he_o quia_fw-la idololatrica_fw-la erant_fw-la imperia_n ut_fw-la not_o at_o hic_fw-la jacchiade_n their_o idolatry_n indeed_o show_v their_o brutishness_n be_v accustom_v to_o no_o high_o a_o dispensation_n of_o religion_n than_o adoration_n of_o visible_a object_n as_o the_o elephant_n be_v say_v to_o worship_v the_o moon_n but_o cruelty_n be_v another_o ingredient_n to_o make_v they_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d wild_a beast_n such_o savage_a cruelty_n and_o gross_a and_o stupid_a idolatry_n be_v exquisite_o opposite_a to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n who_o come_v to_o erect_v the_o empire_n of_o love_n and_o charity_n and_o of_o pure_a religion_n the_o worship_v the_o father_n in_o spirit_n and_o in_o truth_n 4._o the_o first_o be_v like_o a_o lion_n a_o beast_n of_o a_o fulvid_n or_o golden_a colour_n as_o the_o poet_n describe_v he_o and_o the_o head_n of_o all_o beast_n which_o be_v the_o babylonian_a empire_n signify_v also_o by_o the_o golden_a head_n of_o the_o image_n or_o statue_n the_o prophet_n jeremy_n likewise_o describe_v nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n by_o this_o animal_n ch._n 4._o 7._o the_o lion_n be_v come_v up_o from_o his_o thicket_n and_o the_o destroyer_n of_o the_o nation_n be_v on_o his_o way_n and_o have_v 〈…〉_z which_o betoken_v the_o quickness_n of_o his_o dispatch_n in_o his_o expedition_n and_o conquest_n and_o according_o the_o same_o prophet_n speak_v of_o nabuchadnezzar_n his_o come_n against_o the_o jew_n ch._n 4._o 13._o behold_v
most_o for_o the_o greatness_n power_n and_o riches_n of_o the_o papal_a hierarchy_n and_o all_o the_o gross_a and_o intolerable_a corruption_n of_o their_o church_n whether_o touch_v faith_n or_o practice_n be_v invent_v or_o uphold_v for_o this_o very_a end_n and_o upon_o this_o very_a advantage_n that_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v think_v only_o to_o have_v the_o eye_n in_o matter_n of_o faith_n and_o religion_n but_o the_o other_o ten_o horn_n to_o be_v stark_o blind_a but_o last_o though_o this_o little_a horn_n pretend_v to_o the_o only_a sight_n and_o infallibility_n in_o matter_n of_o religion_n as_o if_o it_o be_v inspire_v so_o from_o god_n that_o it_o can_v err_v yet_o the_o very_a character_n which_o the_o prophecy_n give_v it_o do_v advertise_v we_o that_o this_o be_v but_o a_o bold_a boast_n among_o the_o rest_n and_o that_o these_o be_v real_o but_o the_o eye_n of_o a_o man_n even_o of_o that_o man_n of_o sin_n or_o antichrist_n that_o exalt_v himself_o above_o all_o that_o be_v call_v god_n or_o worship_v for_o that_o by_o this_o little_a horn_n antichrist_n be_v characterise_a be_v the_o common_a and_o current_a opinion_n of_o the_o ancient_a father_n as_o the_o romish_a interpreter_n themselves_o can_v but_o confess_v though_o they_o be_v mistake_v in_o the_o time_n of_o his_o come_n and_o a_o mouth_n speak_v great_a thing_n that_o be_v utter_v great_a boast_n of_o his_o own_o power_n and_o infallibility_n for_o this_o papal_a hierarchy_n pretend_v he_o as_o to_o superiority_n to_o be_v above_o all_o king_n and_o emperor_n as_o to_o their_o miraculous_a power_n that_o they_o can_v by_o certain_a word_n turn_v a_o piece_n of_o bread_n into_o a_o man_n with_o flesh_n and_o blood_n and_o all_o essential_o of_o humane_a nature_n nay_o into_o god_n after_o a_o manner_n and_o infallible_o declare_v it_o be_v no_o idolatry_n to_o worship_v this_o thus_o transubstantiated_a bread_n though_o it_o seem_v still_o bread_n to_o all_o and_o be_v believe_v still_o to_o be_v so_o by_o all_o but_o by_o those_o that_o see_v only_o by_o the_o eye_n of_o this_o little_a horn_n and_o so_o trust_v his_o eye_n only_o and_o renounce_v in_o the_o mean_a time_n the_o use_n of_o their_o own_o eye_n and_o all_o their_o sense_n nay_o of_o reason_n and_o the_o plain_a light_n of_o the_o scripture_n their_o pretence_n also_o of_o consecrate_v image_n to_o the_o effectual_o keep_v off_o thunder_n and_o lightning_n and_o incursion_n of_o the_o enemy_n and_o the_o like_a may_v be_v reckon_v among_o other_o their_o boast_n but_o this_o speak_a great_a thing_n may_v more_o especial_o respect_v the_o great_a vaunt_n of_o the_o papal_a authoritative_a power_n he_o be_v call_v by_o the_o pontifician_n polity_n our_o lord_n god_n optimum_fw-la maximum_fw-la &_o supremum_fw-la numen_fw-la in_o terris_fw-la the_o supreme_a deity_n on_o earth_n it_o be_v declare_v by_o they_o that_o his_o tribunal_n and_o god_n be_v all_o one_o that_o his_o power_n be_v absolute_a that_o what_o he_o do_v he_o do_v as_o god_n and_o not_o as_o man._n that_o he_o be_v all_o and_o above_o all_o that_o he_o have_v the_o dispose_n of_o kingdom_n can_v pull_v down_o one_o and_o set_v up_o another_o that_o he_o can_v do_v all_o that_o god_n can_v do_v that_o he_o can_v change_v the_o nature_n of_o thing_n make_v something_o of_o nothing_o make_v injustice_n justice_n and_o wrong_v right_o that_o all_o law_n be_v in_o his_o breast_n that_o he_o can_v dispense_v with_o the_o canon_n of_o the_o apostle_n and_o with_o the_o new_a testament_n itself_o that_o he_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o cause_n that_o it_o be_v sacrilege_n to_o doubt_v of_o his_o power_n that_o he_o have_v dominion_n over_o angel_n purgatory_n and_o hell_n that_o he_o be_v the_o monarch_n of_o the_o world_n and_o exceed_v the_o imperial_a majesty_n as_o much_o as_o the_o sun_n do_v the_o moon_n and_o that_o he_o be_v to_o be_v adore_v by_o all_o the_o potentate_n of_o the_o earth_n this_o and_o more_o than_o this_o you_o may_v see_v make_v good_a by_o bishop_n downham_n in_o his_o treatise_n de_fw-fr antichristo_fw-la for_o above_o fifty_o page_n together_o and_o be_v not_o this_o a_o mouth_n speak_v great_a thing_n indeed_o and_o be_v not_o this_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n also_o eximious_o fulfil_v understand_v by_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o man_n of_o sin_n or_o antichrist_n that_o thus_o exalt_v himselâ—…_n above_o all_o that_o be_v call_v god_n or_o worship_v who_o the_o lord_n shall_v consume_v with_o the_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n and_o shall_v destroy_v with_o the_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n which_o thing_n be_v exhibit_v in_o the_o follow_a part_n of_o the_o vision_n 9_o i_o behold_v till_o the_o chrones_n be_v cast_v down_o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_n may_v as_o well_o be_v render_v set_v down_o or_o erect_v which_o be_v the_o most_o natural_a sense_n and_o most_o conherent_a with_o what_o follow_v and_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n do_v sit_v *_o namely_o god_n the_o father_n who_o though_o he_o be_v not_o before_o the_o other_o two_o hypostasis_n of_o the_o bless_a trinity_n in_o time_n yet_o he_o be_v in_o order_n of_o nature_n he_o sit_v in_o his_o throne_n together_o with_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o angelical_a order_n in_o their_o throne_n or_o seat_n to_o make_v up_o the_o solemnity_n of_o the_o judgement_n who_o â—…arment_n be_v white_a as_o snow_n and_o the_o hair_n of_o his_o head_n like_o the_o pure_a wool_n whiteness_n here_o by_o interpreter_n be_v look_v upon_o that_o of_o his_o head_n as_o a_o emblem_n of_o mature_a counsel_n and_o judgement_n with_o a_o sutableness_n to_o his_o title_n of_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n that_o of_o his_o garment_n as_o a_o symbol_n of_o pure_a unspotted_a righteousness_n and_o impartiality_n in_o judgement_n and_o this_o appearance_n of_o this_o first_o hypostasis_fw-la in_o general_a in_o white_a may_v denote_v the_o proper_a character_n of_o his_o nature_n which_o the_o platonist_n call_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o imply_v a_o ineffable_a simplicity_n and_o benignity_n and_o who_o will_v not_o have_v the_o world_n judge_v by_o such_o a_o judge_n his_o chrone_n be_v like_o the_o fiery_a flame_n and_o his_o whéels_n like_o the_o burn_a fire_n viz._n such_o be_v the_o splendour_n of_o his_o throne_n and_o of_o the_o wheel_n thereof_o bright_a sparkle_a and_o shine_v like_o fire_n and_o light_n this_o be_v a_o description_n of_o the_o divine_a shechinah_n not_o much_o unlike_a that_o in_o ezekiel_n ch._n 1._o and_o 10._o this_o be_v a_o chariot-like_a throne_n as_o that_o a_o throne-like_a chariot_n and_o as_o the_o wheel_n there_o as_o well_o as_o live_a creature_n be_v angelical_a so_o there_o be_v angel_n here_o innumerable_a in_o this_o great_a session_n sit_v with_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n or_o assist_v while_o he_o sit_v in_o his_o imperial_a throne_n draw_v with_o wheel_n angelical_a wheel_n by_o who_o ministry_n be_v the_o revolution_n of_o all_o state_n and_o kingdom_n though_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n there_o may_v be_v also_o a_o allusion_n in_o these_o wheel_n to_o the_o sellae_fw-la curule_n chair_n of_o state_n that_o run_v upon_o wheel_n in_o use_n in_o the_o day_n of_o old_a 10._o a_o fiery_a stream_n issue_v and_o come_v forth_o from_o before_o he_o flumen_n igneum_fw-la manabat_fw-la ab_fw-la ore_fw-la ejus_fw-la egrediens_fw-la so_o grotius_n say_v it_o be_v in_o chaldaeo_n a_o fiery_a stream_n issue_v out_o of_o his_o mouth_n the_o brightness_n of_o this_o appearance_n and_o the_o mention_n of_o this_o fiery_a stream_n come_v out_o of_o his_o mouth_n like_o that_o blast_n of_o fire_n and_o flame_a breath_n 2_o esdr._n 13._o suit_n excellent_o well_o with_o that_o passage_n 2_o thess._n 2._o who_o the_o lord_n shall_v consume_v with_o the_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n and_o shall_v destroy_v with_o the_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n which_o shall_v be_v by_o the_o clear_a demonstration_n of_o the_o power_n of_o his_o spirit_n so_o manifest_o appear_v in_o his_o true_a church_n of_o who_o jesus_n christ_n be_v and_o ever_o have_v be_v the_o live_a head_n the_o same_o which_o be_v the_o son_n of_o man_n which_o be_v anon_o exhibit_v in_o this_o vision_n namely_o christ_n together_o with_o his_o true_a and_o live_a church_n but_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n i_o leave_v to_o the_o ingenious_a reader_n consideration_n whether_o that_o fiery_a stream_n and_o flame_v breath_n come_v out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n god_n the_o father_n may_v not_o emblematize_v the_o procession_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n the_o three_o hypostasis_fw-la of_o the_o holy_a trinity_n as_o well_o as_o the_o son_n of_o man_n plain_o represent_v to_o we_o the_o second_o for_o who_o can_v doubt_v but_o that_o
it_o be_v a_o representation_n of_o christ_n the_o humane_a nature_n of_o the_o messiah_n unite_v with_o the_o eternal_a logos_fw-la and_o according_a to_o his_o divinity_n every_o where_o exist_v in_o the_o father_n as_o well_o as_o according_a to_o his_o humanity_n he_o be_v here_o represent_v distinct_o from_o he_o thousand_o thousand_o minister_v unto_o he_o and_o ten_o thousand_o time_n ten_o thousand_o stand_v before_o he_o this_o judgement_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v so_o magnificent_o set_v out_o as_o if_o it_o be_v the_o last_o judgement_n of_o all_o and_o i_o do_v not_o doubt_v but_o that_o it_o allude_v to_o it_o and_o touch_v upon_o it_o in_o the_o follow_a word_n the_o judgement_n be_v set_v and_o the_o book_n be_v open_v this_o sit_v of_o the_o judgement_n correspond_v with_o that_o apoc._n 20._o 11_o 12._o where_o there_o be_v a_o white_a throne_n and_o the_o book_n be_v open_v and_o this_o be_v at_o the_o final_a judgement_n and_o general_a resurrection_n immediate_o precede_v the_o conflagration_n which_o in_o another_o sense_n this_o fiery_a description_n here_o in_o daniel_n suit_n very_o well_o with_o and_o then_o the_o fiery_a stream_n out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n will_v presignifie_v that_o final_a sentence_n depart_v from_o i_o you_o accurse_v into_o everlasting_a fire_n but_o ver._n 4._o of_o the_o same_o chapter_n 20._o and_o i_o see_v throne_n and_o they_o sit_v upon_o they_o etc._n etc._n this_o answer_n to_o the_o nine_o verse_n of_o this_o seven_o of_o daniel_n and_o i_o behold_v till_o the_o throne_n be_v set_v for_o these_o throne_n be_v set_v to_o judge_v the_o little_a horn_n the_o same_o with_o the_o whore_n or_o false_a prophet_n which_o be_v say_v together_o with_o the_o beast_n apoc._n 19_o to_o be_v take_v and_o cast_v both_o alive_a into_o a_o lake_n of_o fire_n burn_v with_o brimstone_n which_o be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v under_o the_o seven_o vial_n which_o immediate_o precede_v the_o come_n down_o of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o saint_n here_o be_v only_o the_o difference_n betwixt_o these_o two_o session_n that_o the_o apocalyptick_a session_n mention_n only_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o saint_n this_o the_o instant_n doom_v and_o execute_v the_o doom_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o order_n thereto_o and_o the_o give_v the_o son_n of_o man_n the_o kingdom_n but_o be_v that_o corruptio_fw-la unius_fw-la be_v generatio_fw-la alterius_fw-la and_o the_o thing_n be_v so_o close_o connect_v we_o may_v very_o well_o admit_v that_o these_o two_o precede_a session_n or_o sentence_n declare_v therein_o have_v a_o considerable_a correspondence_n one_o with_o another_o that_o in_o the_o apocalypse_n manifest_o belong_v to_o this_o part_n of_o this_o judgement_n here_o in_o daniel_n that_o give_v the_o kingdom_n to_o the_o son_n of_o man_n so_o that_o so_o far_o the_o correspondence_n be_v palpable_a 11._o i_o behold_v then_o because_o of_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o great_a word_n which_o the_o horn_n speak_v namely_o such_o bluster_a and_o boastful_a word_n as_o be_v recite_v above_o upon_o ver._n 8._o to_o see_v what_o will_v become_v of_o this_o horn_n that_o so_o magnify_v himself_o above_o all_o and_o have_v act_v according_o in_o depose_n king_n and_o trample_v upon_o the_o neck_n of_o emperor_n and_o murder_a massacre_a and_o burn_a god_n know_v how_o many_o hundred_o thousand_o of_o innocent_a christian_n for_o not_o submit_v to_o his_o tyranny_n and_o idolatry_n i_o behold_v even_o till_o the_o beast_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o body_n destroy_v and_o give_v to_o the_o burn_a flame_n what_o then_o be_v the_o beast_n destroy_v and_o the_o little_a horn_n escape_v punishment_n this_o therefore_o be_v a_o very_a compendious_a and_o elliptical_a form_n of_o speech_n but_o the_o sense_n be_v full_o make_v out_o by_o s._n john_n apoc._n 19_o 20._o for_o it_o be_v impossible_a but_o the_o little_a horn_n must_v be_v concern_v in_o that_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n himself_o be_v the_o two-horned_a beast_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n chap._n 13._o but_o in_o 19_o this_o chapter_n style_v the_o false_a prophet_n for_o his_o false_a pretence_n to_o infallibility_n and_o the_o beast_n be_v take_v say_v he_o and_o with_o he_o the_o false_a prophet_n that_o wrought_v miracle_n before_o he_o that_o be_v who_o transubstantiate_v bread_n into_o a_o man_n and_o bring_v fire_n from_o heaven_n and_o have_v power_n over_o purgatory_n and_o hell_n thither_o to_o strike_v innocent_a soul_n by_o his_o fulminant_fw-la excommunication_n these_o both_o be_v cast_v alive_a into_o a_o lake_n of_o fire_n burn_v with_o brimstone_n and_o thus_o the_o four_o empire_n the_o roman_a as_o to_o its_o idolatrous_a tyranny_n of_o which_o the_o pope_n make_v himself_o the_o head_n as_o his_o canonist_n and_o theologer_n declare_v be_v quite_o demolish_a under_o the_o seven_o vial._n 12._o as_o concern_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o beast_n they_o have_v their_o dominion_n take_v away_o that_o be_v and_o if_o any_o one_o shall_v be_v so_o curious_a as_o to_o inquire_v what_o become_v of_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o other_o three_o above_o mention_v let_v that_o suffice_v that_o their_o dominion_n be_v take_v away_o and_o that_o yet_o their_o life_n be_v prolong_v for_o a_o season_n and_o time_n they_o have_v their_o certain_a period_n allow_v they_o too_o by_o the_o doom_n of_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n this_o be_v enough_o as_o touch_v they_o but_o the_o great_a business_n of_o all_o be_v touch_v the_o four_o beast_n the_o roman_a empire_n forasmuch_o as_o the_o true_a church_n of_o christ_n for_o so_o long_a a_o space_n of_o time_n be_v so_o much_o concern_v therein_o and_o therefore_o that_o deserve_v more_o special_a observation_n and_o enlargement_n the_o affair_n of_o the_o jew_n under_o the_o three_o first_o beast_n be_v not_o considerable_a in_o respect_n of_o these_o of_o the_o christian_n and_o therefore_o the_o three_o first_o beast_n in_o this_o vision_n seem_v to_o be_v bring_v in_o mere_o as_o a_o preamble_n to_o the_o four_o and_o the_o four_o with_o the_o three_o first_o to_o be_v first_o describe_v as_o be_v of_o one_o suit_n namely_o idolatrous_a but_o then_o there_o be_v a_o five_o kingdom_n which_o be_v christ_n with_o his_o true_a church_n commence_v in_o the_o apostle_n time_n and_o last_v till_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n of_o which_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n 13._o i_o see_v in_o the_o night_n uision_n in_o this_o divine_a dream_n as_o be_v abovesaid_a and_o behold_v one_o like_o the_o son_n of_o man_n the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v a_o title_n which_o christ_n so_o inculcated_o assume_v to_o himself_o to_o who_o the_o kingdom_n do_v belong_v that_o it_o be_v impossible_a but_o he_o shall_v have_v a_o regard_n to_o this_o very_a place_n in_o the_o so_o perpetual_o use_v that_o style_n touch_v himself_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v christ_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o second_o hypostasis_fw-la of_o the_o holy_a trinity_n be_v here_o exhibit_v in_o this_o divine_a vision_n as_o well_o as_o the_o first_o and_o three_o as_o i_o have_v note_v they_o all_o three_o be_v in_o the_o vision_n of_o ezekiel_n this_o title_n of_o christ_n the_o son_n of_o man_n occurr_n in_o innumerable_a place_n i_o need_v name_n none_o and_o yet_o there_o be_v one_o i_o will_v not_o omit_v matth._n 26._o 64._o when_o the_o high_a priest_n have_v adjure_v he_o to_o tell_v he_o if_o he_o be_v christ_n the_o son_n of_o god_n jesus_n say_v unto_o he_o thou_o have_v say_v nevertheless_o i_o say_v unto_o thou_o though_o thou_o have_v hit_v it_o already_o yet_o i_o will_v give_v thou_o a_o further_a confirmation_n thereof_o hereafter_o shall_v you_o see_v the_o son_n of_o man_n sit_v on_o the_o right_a hand_n of_o power_n and_o come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n namely_o as_o it_o be_v at_o the_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a army_n to_o take_v vengeance_n of_o the_o murderous_a unbelieve_a jew_n i_o say_v the_o roman_a army_n out_o of_o which_o people_n especial_o he_o be_v to_o raise_v to_o himself_o his_o kingdom_n the_o church_n which_o yet_o be_v but_o regnum_fw-la lapidis_fw-la as_o i_o note_v in_o the_o forego_n vision_n but_o will_v be_v in_o time_n regnum_fw-la montis_fw-la come_v with_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n to_o be_v carry_v with_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n denote_v that_o a_o king_n shall_v be_v master_n of_o his_o enemy_n and_o get_v glorious_a victory_n say_v achmetes_n and_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o establish_n of_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n or_o his_o kingdom_n among_o the_o gentile_n the_o roman_n especial_o who_o empire_n become_v at_o last_o christian._n and_o come_v to_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n and_o they_o bring_v he_o near_o before_o he_o
present_v he_o as_o a_o candidate_n for_o the_o design_a kingdom_n 14._o and_o there_o be_v give_v he_o dominion_n and_o glory_n and_o a_o kingdom_n that_o all_o people_n and_o nation_n and_o language_n shall_v serve_v he_o that_o be_v that_o some_o of_o all_o people_n shall_v serve_v he_o in_o the_o pure_a apostolic_a way_n of_o doctrine_n and_o worship_n and_o indeed_o the_o whole_a roman_a empire_n in_o a_o manner_n do_v so_o for_o a_o while_n after_o constantine_n time_n till_o the_o apostasy_n come_v in_o which_o small_a interval_n of_o time_n in_o this_o vision_n be_v not_o take_v notice_n of_o as_o be_v inconsiderable_a but_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n it_o may_v be_v here_o seasonable_a to_o note_v that_o this_o right_n of_o the_o kingdom_n be_v give_v to_o the_o son_n of_o man_n answer_n to_o the_o first_o vision_n of_o the_o seal_n the_o vision_n of_o the_o heros_n on_o the_o white_a horse_n with_o a_o bow_n in_o his_o hand_n and_o who_o have_v a_o crown_n give_v unto_o he_o apoc._n 6._o 2._o the_o right_a of_o the_o imperial_a crown_n so_o that_o this_o part_n of_o daniel_n vision_n here_o commence_v with_o the_o epocha_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n or_o the_o begin_n of_o christianity_n for_o there_o seem_v four_o sentence_n to_o have_v be_v represent_v in_o this_o judicial_a session_n of_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n beside_o that_o touch_v the_o three_o beast_n ver._n 12._o one_o assign_v the_o kingdom_n in_o general_a to_o the_o son_n of_o man_n the_o other_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n the_o three_o the_o giving_z of_o the_o more_o enlarge_a kingdom_n to_o the_o son_n of_o man_n upon_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o the_o four_o the_o final_a doom_n of_o all_o at_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n proper_o so_o call_v but_o the_o first_o and_o the_o last_o there_o be_v only_o a_o slight_a perstriction_n or_o brief_a intimation_n of_o they_o but_o that_o of_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v insist_v on_o the_o abolish_n of_o his_o power_n and_o the_o give_v the_o great_a enlargement_n of_o the_o kingdom_n the_o regnum_fw-la montis_fw-la to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a his_o dominion_n be_v a_o everlasting_a dominion_n which_o shall_v not_o pass_v away_o and_o his_o kingdom_n that_o which_o shall_v not_o be_v destroy_v the_o true_a church_n which_o be_v the_o genuine_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o which_o he_o alone_o be_v the_o head_n as_o be_v universal_a never_o yet_o from_o the_o begin_n thereof_o have_v fail_v nor_o ever_o will_v fail_v to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n 15._o i_o daniel_n be_v grieve_v in_o my_o spirit_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o my_o body_n and_o the_o uision_n of_o my_o head_n upon_o my_o bed_n trouble_v i_o that_o be_v i_o be_v very_o anxious_a to_o know_v what_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o vision_n may_v be_v and_o methinks_v 16._o i_o come_v near_o to_o one_o of_o they_o that_o stand_v by_o to_o one_o of_o the_o assistant_n angel_n in_o this_o great_a session_n not_o to_o those_o that_o be_v place_v on_o throne_n and_o ask_v he_o the_o truth_n of_o all_o this_o that_o be_v the_o plain_a meaning_n of_o this_o prophetic_a parable_n so_o he_o tell_v i_o and_o make_v i_o know_v the_o interpretation_n of_o thing_n namely_o as_o follow_v and_o first_o in_o general_n 17._o these_o great_a beast_n which_o be_v four_o be_v four_o king_n with_o their_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n viz._n the_o babylonian_a medo-persian_a greek_a and_o roman_a which_o shall_v arise_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o therefore_o be_v but_o earthly_a kingdom_n mind_v earthly_a thing_n here_o below_o 18._o but_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d of_o the_o most_o high_a god_n or_o of_o christ_n who_o be_v call_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o lord_n shall_v take_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n regnum_fw-la lapidis_fw-la from_o the_o first_o plant_n of_o the_o gospel_n but_o regnum_fw-la montis_fw-la the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mountain_n upon_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n and_o possess_v the_o kingdom_n for_o ever_o even_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o that_o be_v the_o true_a church_n of_o christ_n shall_v never_o fail_v till_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n as_o be_v intimate_v above_o and_o thus_o far_o in_o general_a touch_v the_o vision_n but_o he_o hold_v on_o 19_o then_o i_o will_v know_v the_o truth_n the_o true_a meaning_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n which_o be_v divers_a from_o all_o other_o and_o in_o what_o regard_n we_o have_v above_o declare_v as_o also_o why_o so_o excee_v dreadful_a who_o 〈◊〉_d be_v of_o iron_n and_o his_o nail_n of_o brass_n which_o 〈◊〉_d break_v in_o piece_n and_o stamp_v the_o residue_n with_o his_o 〈◊〉_d that_o also_o we_o have_v above_o explain_v 20._o and_o of_o the_o ten_o horn_n that_o be_v in_o his_o head_n and_o of_o the_o other_o especial_o which_o come_v up_o for_o the_o interpretation_n be_v spend_v most_o in_o describe_v it_o ver._n 24_o 25._o and_o before_o who_o 〈◊〉_d fall_v those_o three_o i_o above_o name_v even_o of_o that_o horn_n that_o have_v eye_n and_o will_v admit_v no_o other_o horn_n to_o have_v eye_n beside_o itself_o especial_o in_o spiritual_n and_o a_o mouth_n that_o speak_v 〈◊〉_d great_a thing_n both_o against_o the_o law_n of_o god_n which_o this_o horn_n the_o papal_a power_n pretend_v to_o have_v a_o right_a to_o dispense_v with_o and_o act_v contrary_a to_o and_o against_o the_o right_n of_o king_n and_o emperor_n who_o he_o pretend_v a_o power_n of_o excommunicate_v and_o depose_v and_o absolve_v their_o subject_n from_o their_o oath_n of_o allegiance_n if_o they_o submit_v not_o to_o the_o decree_n of_o his_o infallible_a mouth_n which_o will_v be_v sure_a to_o pronounce_v nothing_o that_o be_v not_o agreeable_a to_o the_o worldly_a interest_n of_o holy_a church_n for_o this_o horn_n have_v the_o eye_n of_o a_o man_n mere_o and_o direct_v all_o by_o the_o measure_n of_o humane_a policy_n let_v he_o pretend_v never_o so_o much_o to_o inspire_v infallibility_n who_o look_n be_v more_o stout_a than_o his_o 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v that_o have_v a_o bold_a assure_a look_n affect_v the_o great_a grandeur_n imaginable_a as_o pretend_v to_o be_v lord_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n in_o who_o presence_n his_o fellow_n horn_n do_v but_o sneak_v as_o who_o stirrup_n they_o be_v â—…ain_o to_o hold_v even_a emperor_n themselves_o as_o well_o as_o king_n and_o other_o prince_n when_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v to_o ride_v on_o horseback_n and_o to_o bear_v on_o their_o shoulder_n his_o chair_n when_o he_o will_v be_v carry_v in_o state_n to_o hold_v the_o basin_n and_o towel_n when_o he_o wash_v his_o hand_n and_o in_o public_a assembly_n to_o sit_v at_o his_o foot_n and_o if_o they_o will_v not_o be_v dutiful_a enough_o to_o be_v tread_v upon_o by_o his_o foot_n as_o frederick_n barbarossa_n be_v serve_v by_o pope_n alexander_n the_o three_o who_o tread_v upon_o his_o neck_n in_o conspectu_fw-la populi_fw-la with_o a_o big_a look_n and_o loud_a voice_n abuse_v that_o of_o the_o psalmist_n to_o his_o barbarous_a insult_a over_o the_o emperor_n super_fw-la aspidem_fw-la &_o leonem_fw-la ambulabis_fw-la etc._n etc._n thou_o shall_v tread_v upon_o the_o lion_n and_o adder_n etc._n etc._n these_o hint_n be_v enough_o to_o show_v how_o full_o this_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n be_v accomplish_v who_o look_n be_v more_o stout_a than_o his_o fellow_n 21._o i_o behold_v and_o the_o same_o horn_n namely_o the_o little_a horn_n make_v war_n with_o the_o saint_n and_o prevail_v against_o they_o that_o be_v the_o papal_z power_n by_o use_v the_o force_n of_o the_o ten_o horn_n or_o secular_a power_n make_v war_n against_o the_o saint_n the_o true_a apostolic_a church_n that_o stand_v out_o and_o can_v admit_v the_o gross_a corruption_n and_o idolatrous_a usage_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n this_o answer_v to_o that_o of_o the_o apocalypse_n ch._n 13._o v._n 7._o and_o it_o be_v give_v unto_o he_o to_o make_v war_n with_o the_o saint_n and_o to_o overcome_v they_o it_o be_v speak_v there_o of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n as_o the_o executioner_n of_o the_o war_n but_o in_o daniel_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n as_o the_o instigator_n or_o authorizer_n of_o the_o war._n but_o this_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n be_v no_o small_a indication_n that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n belong_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n heal_v which_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o church_n 22._o until_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n come_v viz._n till_o he_o proceed_v to_o that_o part_n of_o the_o doom_n that_o pronounce_v sentence_n against_o the_o little_a horn._n and_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o
mene_n tekel_n vpharsin_n which_o verbatim_o sound_v no_o more_o than_o thus_o he_o have_v number_v he_o have_v number_v he_o have_v weigh_v and_o the_o persian_n which_o break_a writing_n without_o the_o guidance_n of_o god_n or_o the_o good_a angel_n gabriel_n he_o can_v hardly_o make_v sense_n of_o unless_o we_o may_v conceive_v that_o by_o read_v the_o prophet_n and_o be_v skill_v in_o some_o principle_n of_o prophetic_a interpretation_n he_o may_v of_o himself_o spell_v out_o the_o meaning_n as_o for_o the_o first_o part_n mene_n mene_n he_o have_v number_v he_o have_v number_v this_o by_o read_v of_o jeremiah_n 25._o 12._o ch._n 7._o 7._o and_o ch._n 9_o 10._o where_o be_v express_o set_v down_o the_o number_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o babylon_n viz._n seventy_o year_n and_o till_o nebuchadnezar_n son_n son_n which_o time_n be_v then_o near_o expire_a he_o may_v i_o say_v well_o interpret_v he_o have_v number_v he_o have_v number_v of_o the_o certain_a â—…inishing_n of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o babylon_n to_o who_o king_n the_o handwriting_n be_v direct_v and_o declare_v as_o he_o have_v in_o this_o text_n ch._n 5._o 26._o mene_n god_n have_v number_v thy_o kingdom_n and_o finish_v it_o but_o now_o for_o the_o interpretation_n of_o tekel_n he_o have_v weigh_v it_o be_v not_o improbable_a but_o that_o in_o the_o read_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d there_o may_v be_v a_o paronomastical_a resonancy_n of_o word_n in_o his_o mind_n that_o will_v make_v out_o the_o whole_a sense_n thus_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d tekal_n veatte_fw-mi kal_n he_o have_v weigh_v and_o thou_o be_v light_a which_o daniel_n express_v more_o full_o thus_o to_o the_o king_n thou_o be_v weigh_v in_o the_o balance_n and_o art_n find_v want_v that_o be_v find_v to_o want_v weight_n and_o therefore_o reject_v as_o money_n illegitimate_a and_o the_o prophetic_a analyse_v of_o the_o last_o vpharsin_n and_o the_o persian_n be_v manifest_o paronomastical_a where_o he_o take_v peres_n by_o itself_o which_o signiâ—…ies_v a_o persian_a and_o in_o a_o paronomastical_a allusion_n to_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d paras_fw-la which_o signiâ—…ies_v discindere_fw-la or_o divellere_fw-la or_o dividere_fw-la he_o make_v out_o this_o full_a sense_n of_o vpharsin_n thy_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v or_o rend_v from_o thou_o and_o give_v to_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n which_o whenas_o he_o can_v not_o but_o know_v will_v be_v very_o bitter_a and_o distasteful_a news_n to_o belshazzar_n and_o such_o as_o he_o will_v be_v more_o like_a to_o reward_v with_o a_o wreath_n of_o hemp_n than_o a_o chain_n of_o gold_n i_o say_v although_o he_o attain_v to_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o handwriting_n on_o the_o wall_n by_o a_o kind_n of_o art_n and_o skill_n yet_o the_o full_a assurance_n of_o the_o truth_n thereof_o and_o his_o undaunted_a courage_n and_o fortitude_n of_o spirit_n one_o great_a requisite_a in_o a_o prophet_n as_o maimonides_n take_v notice_n in_o his_o 38._o more_n nevochim_n which_o embolden_v he_o to_o declare_v the_o matter_n to_o the_o king_n plain_o show_v that_o his_o mind_n be_v actuate_v by_o a_o special_a assistance_n and_o divine_a impulse_n for_o according_a to_o all_o humane_a reason_n beside_o the_o loss_n of_o his_o scarlet_a and_o golden_a chain_n which_o he_o do_v not_o stand_v upon_o he_o will_v certain_o incur_v the_o great_a displeasure_n of_o the_o king_n imaginable_a nor_o can_v escape_v without_o some_o such_o sharp_a and_o wrathful_a rebuke_n as_o that_o of_o agamemnon_n to_o calchas_n in_o homer_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d thou_o messenger_n of_o mischief_n who_o to_o i_o do_v never_o yet_o tell_v aught_o that_o good_a may_v be_v in_o the_o mean_a time_n there_o be_v two_o main_a observable_n and_o worth_a the_o note_n interpretation_n in_o this_o vision_n of_o belshazzar_n the_o one_o against_o the_o incredulous_a of_o this_o age_n that_o be_v so_o slow_a to_o believe_v any_o apparition_n whenas_o the_o appearance_n of_o a_o hand_n while_o it_o write_v upon_o the_o wall_n be_v most_o certain_o a_o real_a appearance_n to_o belshazzar_n and_o not_o a_o mere_a fancy_n of_o his_o own_o it_o have_v so_o violent_a a_o effect_n upon_o he_o that_o it_o loosen_v the_o ligament_n of_o his_o loin_n compage_n renum_fw-la as_o the_o latin_a have_v it_o so_o that_o for_o very_o fear_v his_o urine_n come_v from_o he_o as_o grotius_n comment_v upon_o the_o place_n the_o agony_n that_o the_o apparition_n put_v he_o into_o it_o seem_v be_v so_o great_a that_o it_o weaken_v his_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d relaxate_v his_o retentive_a faculty_n and_o wet_v his_o knee_n as_o elsewhere_o it_o be_v express_v in_o the_o 7._o prophet_n nay_o make_v both_o his_o knee_n knock_v one_o against_o another_o from_o the_o violence_n of_o his_o tremble_a and_o fear_n beside_o that_o it_o be_v no_o fancy_n the_o handwriting_n upon_o the_o wall_n be_v a_o indubitable_a testimony_n it_o be_v permanent_a and_o visible_a to_o all_o the_o other_o observable_a concern_v those_o high_a conceit_a wit_n that_o think_v so_o goodly_a and_o manly_a of_o themselves_o as_o if_o it_o be_v below_o they_o to_o be_v move_v by_o any_o prophetical_a interpretation_n that_o be_v analyze_v into_o paronomastical_a allusion_n whenas_o maimonides_n in_o the_o above_o name_v 43._o treatise_n take_v notice_n of_o that_o very_a way_n of_o understand_v some_o passage_n in_o prophecy_n and_o here_o which_o be_v above_o all_o exception_n daniel_n himself_o that_o prince_n of_o prophet_n expound_v the_o handwriting_n upon_o the_o wall_n according_a to_o this_o very_a principle_n of_o prophetic_a interpretation_n at_o least_o in_o the_o last_o part_n thereof_o what_o great_a or_o more_o authentic_a testimony_n for_o this_o way_n of_o interpret_n can_v be_v desire_v this_o little_a excursion_n which_o i_o have_v make_v almost_o unaware_o daniel_n touch_v these_o two_o vision_n that_o be_v not_o proper_o the_o vision_n of_o daniel_n but_o the_o one_o of_o nabuchadnezzar_n the_o other_o of_o belshazzar_n his_o grandchild_n will_v i_o hope_v satisfy_v the_o reader_n if_o my_o preterition_n of_o they_o in_o my_o exposition_n of_o daniel_n vision_n may_v seem_v any_o defect_n and_o make_v some_o compensation_n for_o my_o omit_v they_o i_o have_v thus_o clear_v by_o the_o bye_n the_o most_o considerable_a thing_n in_o they_o but_o to_o have_v undertake_v the_o whole_a book_n of_o daniel_n it_o will_v have_v take_v more_o time_n and_o swell_v the_o volume_n into_o a_o great_a bulk_n and_o price_n than_o will_v be_v ordinary_o convenient_a and_o delay_v the_o publish_n of_o it_o and_o make_v it_o less_o effectual_a for_o the_o main_a design_n which_o be_v the_o most_o speedy_a and_o expedite_a succour_v of_o the_o reform_a religion_n which_o the_o agent_n of_o rome_n lay_v such_o strong_a battery_n against_o and_o by_o all_o mean_v possible_a seek_v to_o undermine_v wherefore_o i_o conceive_v that_o my_o exposition_n will_v prove_v the_o more_o effectual_a for_o that_o end_n the_o less_o it_o have_v of_o any_o thing_n but_o what_o tend_v thereto_o and_o yet_o i_o will_v not_o be_v so_o spare_v and_o precise_a as_o not_o to_o take_v in_o all_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n that_o concern_v the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n of_o god_n whether_o jewish_n or_o christian_a even_o all_o those_o entire_a vision_n in_o which_o these_o affair_n be_v predict_v though_o also_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o infidel_n nation_n be_v involve_v in_o they_o but_o in_o order_n to_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o people_n of_o god_n wherefore_o the_o prophetical_a part_n of_o daniel_n so_o far_o as_o i_o have_v attempt_v part_n i_o think_v it_o not_o improper_a to_o undertake_v forasmuch_o as_o in_o all_o likelihood_n it_o may_v prove_v a_o easy_a province_n to_o i_o than_o to_o another_o man_n and_o be_v more_o speedy_o and_o more_o successful_o administer_v by_o i_o both_o because_o i_o have_v so_o thorough_o from_o the_o beginning_n to_o the_o end_n consider_v the_o apocalypse_n which_o be_v a_o more_o full_a commentary_n upon_o those_o part_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o daniel_n which_o fall_n 〈◊〉_d with_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n whence_o they_o will_v wonderful_o illustrate_v and_o confirm_v one_o another_o and_o also_o because_o i_o have_v aforehand_o in_o other_o write_n of_o i_o viz._n my_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n and_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n explain_v some_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n already_o as_o that_o of_o the_o seventy_o week_n and_o of_o the_o king_n of_o pride_n and_o other_o one_o good_a use_n of_o which_o my_o performance_n i_o hope_v will_v be_v that_o when_o man_n see_v so_o palpable_a a_o correspondency_n betwixt_o the_o apocalypse_n and_o daniel_n they_o will_v be_v steere_v off_o from_o
solicitude_n be_v not_o so_o much_o for_o the_o gratify_n of_o their_o body_n as_o the_o safe_o bring_v back_o their_o soul_n out_o of_o this_o region_n of_o mortality_n and_o corruption_n as_o a_o glorious_a spoil_n snatch_v out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o satan_n and_o antichrist_n to_o present_v to_o god_n his_o father_n in_o those_o high_a region_n of_o immortality_n and_o bliss_n and_o certain_o so_o dear_a and_o tender_a as_o well_o as_o so_o potent_a a_o patron_n as_o the_o messiah_n will_v never_o have_v permit_v his_o best_a client_n to_o suffer_v such_o grievous_a thing_n for_o his_o sake_n have_v there_o not_o be_v a_o certain_a reward_n in_o the_o other_o world_n for_o the_o soul_n of_o they_o that_o so_o suffer_v and_o that_o be_v true_a which_o he_o tell_v his_o disciple_n after_o he_o be_v come_v in_o the_o flesh_n joh._n 14._o in_o my_o father_n house_n there_o be_v many_o mansion_n i_o go_v to_o prepare_v a_o place_n for_o you_o whence_o these_o thing_n add_v a_o mighty_a weight_n to_o our_o faith_n and_o assurance_n of_o the_o immortality_n of_o the_o soul_n and_o of_o a_o unexpressible_a happiness_n to_o be_v enjoy_v after_o we_o have_v leave_v this_o body_n these_o consideration_n i_o think_v must_v bring_v abundance_n of_o pleasure_n to_o they_o that_o have_v a_o heart_n to_o believe_v they_o and_o yet_o i_o will_v add_v one_o thing_n more_o which_o i_o have_v observe_v another_o that_o can_v but_o be_v take_v with_o the_o judicious_a that_o as_o the_o miracle_n of_o our_o saviour_n christ_n here_o upon_o earth_n be_v never_o do_v out_o of_o any_o vanity_n or_o ostentation_n of_o his_o wonder-working_a faculty_n but_o as_o the_o principle_n of_o goodness_n and_o needful_a beneficency_n direct_v he_o and_o limit_v he_o so_o likewise_o the_o same_o christ_n have_v behave_v himself_o in_o like_a manner_n in_o the_o communication_n of_o these_o prophecy_n wherein_o there_o be_v not_o the_o least_o show_n of_o affectation_n of_o foretell_v future_a thing_n as_o future_a but_o mere_o as_o they_o be_v in_o subserviency_n to_o the_o most_o certain_a information_n of_o his_o church_n whether_o jewish_a or_o christian_a concern_v their_o own_o state_n and_o condition_n what_o it_o will_v be_v this_o be_v more_o large_o insist_v upon_o if_o the_o prophecy_n be_v right_o understand_v but_o the_o pagan_a concern_v more_o spare_o and_o in_o subordination_n only_o to_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o church_n which_o be_v a_o thing_n methinks_v very_o graceful_a and_o become_v the_o weightiness_n and_o authenticness_n of_o these_o prophecy_n and_o this_o shall_v brief_o serve_v to_o intimate_v what_o pleasure_n the_o pious_a soul_n may_v reap_v from_o the_o read_n and_o right_o understand_v these_o divine_a vision_n of_o daniel_n as_o well_o as_o what_o other_o fruit_n or_o profit_n he_o may_v have_v thereby_o the_o more_o particular_a usefulness_n of_o which_o it_o be_v less_o needful_a for_o i_o to_o insist_v upon_o here_o they_o be_v muchwhat_o the_o same_o with_o those_o i_o have_v note_v in_o my_o preface_n to_o my_o apocalypsis_n apocalypseos_n to_o which_o the_o reader_n may_v have_v recourse_n i_o shall_v only_o give_v a_o account_n of_o my_o add_v the_o threefold_a appendage_n to_o this_o my_o â—…xposition_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o daniel_n appendage_n and_o then_o conclude_v and_o the_o reason_n of_o my_o add_v the_o first_o part_n thereof_o viz._n the_o confutation_n of_o grotius_n his_o opinion_n who_o make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n be_v this_o it_o be_v the_o constant_a tradition_n of_o the_o church_n and_o opinion_n of_o the_o primitive_a father_n beside_o other_o interpreter_n it_o will_v make_v too_o great_a a_o rattle_n or_o noise_n to_o rehearse_v the_o name_n of_o they_o you_o may_v see_v they_o in_o cornelius_n à _fw-la lapide_fw-la and_o ribera_n that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n and_o two-horned_n beast_n apoc._n 13._o and_o also_o of_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v apoc._n 17._o be_v the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n and_o ribera_n express_o say_v of_o this_o last_o viz._n the_o beast_n that_o be_v say_v to_o ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n that_o antichrist_n ascend_v with_o he_o and_o that_o the_o other_o beast_n chap._n 13._o with_o ten_o horn_n be_v antichrist_n from_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o father_n and_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n his_o armour-bearer_n or_o squire_n of_o his_o body_n though_o more_o proper_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n be_v to_o be_v call_v antichrist_n and_o the_o ten-horned_n his_o squire_n i_o wish_v he_o have_v have_v a_o better_a office_n and_o not_o be_v debase_v to_o so_o mean_a and_o unbecoming_a a_o ministry_n by_o the_o imposture_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n i_o say_v it_o be_v according_a to_o the_o common_a stream_n of_o antiquity_n and_o interpreter_n that_o those_o time_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n be_v the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o same_o be_v found_v main_o upon_o that_o which_o be_v unexceptionable_o sound_a viz._n that_o the_o time_n of_o these_o apocalyptick_a beast_n and_o of_o that_o in_o daniel_n with_o ten_o horn_n among_o which_o appear_v that_o little_a horn_n with_o eye_n which_o the_o ancient_a tradition_n of_o the_o church_n and_o all_o the_o primitive_a father_n with_o one_o consent_n declare_v to_o be_v the_o formidable_a antichrist_n then_o to_o come_v that_o those_o time_n i_o say_v do_v synchronize_v or_o be_v the_o very_a same_o time_n and_o both_o necessary_o conceive_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n grotius_n discern_v that_o unless_o porphyrius_n his_o opinion_n may_v be_v admit_v viz._n that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n not_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n and_o have_v so_o much_o wit_n and_o perspicacity_n of_o judgement_n as_o to_o perceive_v that_o the_o papistical_a notion_n and_o declaration_n touch_v antichrist_n be_v such_o a_o romance_n so_o incredible_a and_o ridiculous_a you_o may_v have_v it_o pretty_a well_o at_o large_a in_o cornelius_n à _fw-la lapide_fw-la upon_o 2_o thess._n 2._o that_o it_o be_v more_o fit_a for_o old_a wife_n and_o child_n to_o listen_v to_o than_o any_o one_o that_o can_v pretend_v to_o have_v the_o understanding_n of_o a_o man_n he_o and_o as_o it_o seem_v to_o i_o partly_o out_o of_o the_o distaste_n he_o have_v take_v against_o the_o reform_a church_n of_o holland_n for_o their_o usage_n of_o he_o and_o partly_o to_o glaver_v and_o curry_v favour_n with_o the_o pontifician_n party_n that_o he_o may_v make_v all_o sure_a in_o the_o behalf_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o hierarchy_n reject_v the_o primitive_a orthodox_n opinion_n of_o the_o church_n who_o ever_o make_v the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n the_o roman_a and_o strike_v in_o with_o porphyrius_n a_o mere_a pagan_a who_o conceit_v the_o four_o kingdom_n to_o be_v that_o of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n by_o which_o device_n grotius_n forsooth_o will_v excuse_v the_o pope_n from_o be_v the_o little_a horn_n with_o eye_n and_o consequent_o antichrist_n and_o cast_v it_o upon_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n the_o little_a horn_n according_a to_o he_o not_o belong_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n but_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o king_n of_o syria_n and_o egypt_n wherefore_o i_o think_v it_o a_o business_n of_o no_o small_a importance_n to_o show_v the_o shameful_a groundlesness_n of_o grotius_n his_o opinion_n and_o to_o restore_v truth_n to_o her_o due_a possession_n and_o place_n but_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n it_o be_v worth_a our_o observation_n antichrist_n that_o grotius_n be_v ashamed_a of_o that_o romish_a or_o rather_o romantic_a fable_n which_o that_o church_n entertain_v of_o antichrist_n as_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v bear_v of_o a_o jewish_a female_a of_o the_o â—…ribe_n of_o dan_n and_o be_v beget_v by_o a_o incubus_n or_o at_o least_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v of_o the_o abovesaid_a 〈◊〉_d and_o make_v himself_o the_o messiah_n of_o the_o jew_n shall_v do_v strange_a miracle_n to_o deceive_v they_o shall_v make_v mountain_n seem_v to_o remove_v out_o of_o their_o place_n shall_v raise_v himself_o or_o some_o other_o mortal_o wound_a prince_n from_o the_o dead_a shall_v bring_v fire_n from_o heaven_n and_o like_o the_o story_n of_o friar_n bacon_n brazen_a head_n his_o statue_n shall_v be_v make_v to_o speak_v he_o shall_v fly_v in_o the_o air_n the_o devil_n in_o the_o appearance_n of_o angel_n do_v homage_n to_o he_o he_o shall_v rebuild_v the_o temple_n at_o jerusalem_n and_o there_o require_v to_o be_v honour_v as_o the_o sole_a god_n of_o the_o universe_n and_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n enoch_n and_o elias_n appear_v again_o in_o the_o flesh_n shall_v prophesy_v against_o he_o who_o he_o shall_v slay_v and_o their_o
call_v the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o from_o the_o little_a horn_n with_o eye_n which_o false_a seer_n or_o pseudo-prophet_n as_o also_o that_o king_n of_o pride_n be_v by_o st._n john_n according_a to_o the_o vulgar_o know_a name_n then_o in_o the_o church_n call_v antichrist_n touch_v who_o they_o which_o he_o write_v to_o in_o his_o epistle_n be_v solicitous_a he_o acknowledge_v indeed_o that_o grand_a antichrist_n to_o come_v that_o daniel_n foretell_v of_o but_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n warn_v they_o of_o such_o antichrist_n false_a seer_n or_o pseudo-prophet_n as_o be_v more_o near_o and_o under_o their_o nose_n as_o it_o be_v already_o and_o give_v they_o character_n of_o they_o to_o shun_v they_o as_o be_v very_o wretched_a and_o mischievous_a antichrist_n in_o their_o time_n and_o place_n as_o well_o as_o that_o other_o to_o come_v so_o authentic_a a_o name_n be_v that_o name_n of_o antichrist_n for_o that_o party_n and_o polity_n that_o shall_v prove_v the_o little_a horn_n with_o eye_n the_o king_n of_o pride_n or_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n etc._n etc._n so_o that_o if_o the_o pope_n with_o his_o hierarchy_n be_v they_o 〈◊〉_d and_o i_o have_v demonstrate_v they_o in_o my_o synopsis_fw-la propherica_fw-la and_o apocalypsis_n apocalypseos_n to_o be_v so_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o papal_a polity_n or_o hierarchy_n be_v as_o i_o say_v the_o very_a antichrist_n proper_o so_o call_v which_o the_o châ—â—ch_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostle_n be_v so_o solicitous_a about_o they_o not_o know_v how_o near_o his_o come_n may_v be_v nor_o have_v any_o distinct_a â—…otion_n of_o he_o what_o a_o one_o he_o will_v prove_v when_o he_o come_v though_o they_o be_v assure_v out_o of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n that_o when_o he_o do_v come_v he_o will_v prove_v horrible_o bad_a as_o all_o the_o sincere_a servant_n of_o christ_n have_v find_v he_o his_o tyranny_n and_o savage_a cruelty_n against_o they_o be_v unutterable_a as_o the_o monstrosity_n of_o his_o doctrine_n and_o gross_a enormity_n in_o practice_n a_o thing_n beyond_o all_o conceit_n of_o any_o of_o the_o apostolic_a age_n that_o one_o that_o profess_v himself_o the_o successor_n of_o st._n peter_n the_o vicar_n of_o christ_n the_o bridegroom_n or_o husband_n if_o you_o will_v of_o his_o spouse_n the_o church_n and_o the_o holy_a father_n of_o christendom_n nay_o such_o a_o one_o as_o be_v style_v holiness_n in_o the_o very_a abstract_n shall_v be_v such_o a_o man_n of_o idolatry_n and_o blood_n a_o destroyer_n and_o murderer_n of_o the_o most_o faithful_a and_o loyal_a servant_n of_o christ_n who_o vicar_n notwithstanding_o he_o pretend_v to_o be_v but_o how_o well_o this_o name_n of_o antichrist_n which_o st._n john_n and_o the_o primitive_a church_n have_v bestow_v upon_o he_o do_v suit_n with_o he_o that_o be_v with_o the_o pope_n or_o papal_a hierarchy_n i_o have_v so_o full_o set_v out_o in_o my_o idea_n of_o antichristianism_n that_o i_o may_v well_o forbear_v to_o say_v any_o thing_n more_o here_o but_o only_o remind_v the_o reader_n which_o be_v the_o thing_n in_o hand_n to_o what_o good_a purpose_n this_o first_o part_n of_o my_o appendage_n be_v add_v it_o make_v for_o the_o full_a confirmation_n that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v the_o roman_a which_o be_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o ancient_a father_n interpret_n those_o vision_n which_o we_o know_v certain_o to_o belong_v to_o the_o papacy_n concern_v the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n and_o that_o consequent_o according_a as_o our_o reform_a church_n have_v ever_o declare_v the_o pope_n be_v he_o for_o that_o be_v but_o a_o childish_a and_o foâ—…d_a subterfuge_n and_o fit_a for_o nothing_o but_o to_o fob_v off_o fool_n idolatry_n to_o interpose_v the_o above_o describe_v romish_a prefiguration_n of_o antichrist_n as_o if_o antichrist_n must_v not_o be_v say_v to_o come_v till_o a_o bastard_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o dan_n sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n at_o jerusalem_n and_o declare_v himself_o the_o only_a supreme_a god_n and_o that_o he_o himself_o alone_o be_v to_o be_v worship_v etc._n etc._n i_o say_v beside_o the_o ridiculous_a fabulosity_n of_o enoch_n and_o elias_n their_o come_n again_o in_o the_o flesh_n and_o their_o be_v slay_v by_o this_o antichrist_n and_o their_o body_n lie_v dead_a three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a in_o the_o street_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o then_o raise_v to_o life_n and_o ascend_v into_o heaven_n all_o the_o people_n of_o the_o city_n gaze_v upon_o they_o that_o very_o one_o thing_n of_o his_o declare_v himself_o to_o be_v the_o only_a true_a god_n that_o be_v to_o be_v worship_v be_v a_o figment_n impossible_a the_o devil_n himself_o will_v not_o have_v that_o impudence_n nor_o any_o devil_n incarnate_a so_o little_a wit_n as_o to_o declare_v so_o beside_o that_o it_o be_v perfect_o repugnant_a to_o the_o description_n of_o antichrist_n in_o daniel_n ch._n 11._o where_o he_o be_v say_v to_o worship_v the_o mahuzzim_n together_o with_o a_o strange_a god_n nor_o be_v antichrist_n description_n 2_o thess._n 2._o such_o as_o imply_v that_o he_o declare_v himself_o to_o be_v the_o supreme_a god_n who-alone_a be_v to_o be_v worship_v for_o he_o be_v not_o say_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o show_v himself_o that_o he_o be_v the_o true_a and_o only_a god_n but_o only_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o he_o behave_v himself_o as_o if_o he_o be_v a_o god_n rather_o than_o a_o man_n a_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d as_o one_o of_o the_o pope_n boast_a that_o the_o people_n take_v the_o successor_n of_o st._n peter_n to_o be_v or_o supremum_fw-la numen_fw-la in_o terris_fw-la as_o his_o gloze_a canonist_n call_v he_o and_o he_o abundant_o exalt_v himself_o above_o god_n i_o trow_v that_o take_v upon_o he_o to_o dispense_v with_o his_o law_n and_o enact_v thing_n quite_o contrary_a to_o they_o but_o such_o pitiful_a shift_n be_v they_o put_v to_o that_o wilful_o maintain_v a_o wicked_a cause_n for_o worldly_a interest_n that_o they_o must_v thus_o pervert_v the_o idea_n and_o notion_n of_o thing_n to_o delude_v the_o ignorant_a and_o draw_v such_o a_o image_n or_o representation_n of_o antichrist_n though_o never_o so_o false_a and_o fabulous_a so_o be_v it_o may_v but_o shelter_v the_o pope_n from_o appear_v to_o be_v he_o and_o to_o coin_v false_a notion_n of_o idolatry_n such_o as_o rubenus_fw-la essendiensis_fw-la have_v define_v it_o that_o it_o be_v the_o worship_n of_o latria_n or_o true_o divine_a worship_n give_v to_o a_o accurse_a devil_n and_o that_o direct_v in_o such_o a_o sense_n as_o it_o be_v direct_v to_o god_n whereby_o he_o will_v excuse_v the_o church_n of_o rome_n from_o idolatry_n but_o we_o have_v insist_v too_o long_o already_o on_o this_o first_o part_n of_o our_o appendage_n we_o will_v only_o add_v this_o that_o in_o make_v such_o gross_a shift_n as_o these_o they_o do_v but_o betray_v their_o own_o guilt_n and_o insinuate_v to_o the_o sagacious_a that_o unless_o such_o a_o ridiculous_a and_o fabulous_a image_n of_o antichrist_n as_o they_o set_v forth_o be_v admit_v the_o pope_n must_v be_v antichrist_n and_o unless_o such_o a_o false_a and_o illogical_a definition_n of_o idolatry_n be_v allow_v the_o church_n of_o rome_n must_v be_v idolatrous_a that_o be_v in_o brief_a they_o confess_v their_o own_o guilt_n and_o acknowledge_v the_o pope_n to_o be_v antichrist_n and_o his_o church_n idolatrous_a but_o now_o for_o the_o second_o part_n of_o the_o appendage_n which_o prove_v that_o the_o vial_n be_v to_o follow_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n witness_n beside_o that_o it_o be_v a_o confirmation_n of_o our_o exposition_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o open_v book_n as_o the_o former_a part_n of_o the_o appendage_n be_v of_o my_o exposition_n of_o the_o vision_n in_o daniel_n and_o the_o three_o be_v of_o the_o epistolar_n prophecy_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n it_o do_v also_o confirm_v mr._n mede_n scheme_n of_o synchronism_n such_o as_o i_o have_v exhibit_v it_o in_o my_o epilogue_n to_o my_o apocalypsis_n apocalypseos_n with_o such_o emendation_n and_o supplement_n as_o i_o have_v signify_v there_o which_o can_v but_o be_v a_o gratification_n to_o man_n of_o a_o stable_n and_o judicious_a spirit_n and_o who_o be_v delight_v with_o a_o settle_a and_o orderly_a comprehension_n of_o thing_n but_o sundry_a be_v not_o aware_a that_o the_o vial_n all_o of_o they_o follow_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o consequent_o that_o the_o witness_n be_v rise_v already_o in_o the_o late_a bless_a reformation_n busy_a themselves_o in_o the_o invent_v new_a epocha_n of_o the_o medial_a or_o antemedial_a synchronal_n to_o fit_v themselves_o for_o the_o foretell_v out_o of_o a_o itch_n of_o prophesy_v or_o prognosticate_a thing_n future_a when_o that_o will_v come_v that_o be_v already_o past_a as_o
i_o have_v demonstrate_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n to_o be_v in_o this_o second_o part_n of_o my_o appendage_n and_o they_o that_o have_v apply_v the_o late_a bless_a reformation_n to_o the_o second_o vial_n as_o mr._n mede_n and_o after_o he_o peganius_n have_v do_v it_o be_v from_o this_o error_n that_o they_o take_v it_o for_o grant_v that_o most_o of_o the_o vial_n precede_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o such_o be_v the_o humour_n fansifulness_n and_o partiality_n of_o many_o that_o they_o can_v hardly_o believe_v of_o themselves_o that_o the_o witness_n be_v rise_v till_o kingdom_n nation_n and_o principality_n of_o their_o own_o party_n rise_v into_o political_a power_n namely_o all_o episcopal_a all_o presbyterian_a all_o calvinist_n all_o arminian_n all_o socinian_o and_o so_o of_o anabaptist_n quaker_n and_o famulist_n but_o they_o err_v knowing_z not_o the_o scripture_n or_o the_o true_a meaning_n of_o they_o nor_o right_o consider_v the_o record_n of_o history_n where_o they_o may_v find_v what_o be_v the_o testimony_n of_o these_o witness_n who_o be_v predict_v to_o rise_v in_o the_o reformation_n and_o to_o be_v war_v against_o before_o by_o the_o beast_n and_o cruel_o persecute_v as_o there_o be_v nothing_o to_o allege_v against_o the_o apostolicalness_n of_o their_o faith_n reformation_n they_o profess_v the_o triunity_n of_o the_o godhead_n and_o divinity_n of_o christ_n and_o such_o like_a article_n of_o the_o christian_a belief_n and_o live_v according_o whereby_o they_o become_v idoneous_a witness_n so_o their_o plain_a and_o simple_a testimony_n against_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n be_v this_o that_o the_o pope_n be_v that_o man_n of_o sin_n or_o antichrist_n and_o their_o church_n idolatrous_a by_o reason_n of_o their_o adoration_n of_o the_o host_n invocation_n of_o saint_n and_o worship_v of_o image_n and_o their_o religion_n otherwise_o also_o gross_o corrupt_v in_o seek_v to_o propitiate_v god_n by_o their_o adhere_n to_o the_o multifarious_a vain_a and_o wicked_a invention_n of_o man_n excogitated_a only_a for_o the_o gain_n of_o the_o priest_n and_o the_o keep_v the_o people_n in_o blindness_n and_o ignorance_n this_o be_v the_o tenor_n of_o the_o testimony_n of_o the_o witness_n both_o in_o the_o pergamenian_a and_o the_o thyatirian_a interval_n of_o the_o church_n which_o they_o witness_v with_o great_a favouriness_n and_o assurance_n in_o virtue_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o life_n and_o holiness_n in_o they_o and_o person_n innumerable_a that_o bear_v the_o same_o testimony_n and_o be_v of_o the_o same_o sentiment_n instead_o of_o be_v still_o mournful_a witness_n in_o sackcloth_n or_o lie_v dead_a in_o a_o political_a sense_n in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o mystical_a prophet-murdering_a jerusalem_n the_o same_o with_o babylon_n or_o egypt_n which_o signify_v the_o large_a jurisdiction_n of_o the_o pope_n of_o rome_n at_o the_o reformation_n have_v a_o revive_n into_o political_a power_n again_o and_o ascend_v in_o several_a kingdom_n to_o the_o high_a honour_n dignity_n and_o employment_n in_o church_n and_o state_n which_o therefore_o as_o i_o have_v prove_v in_o this_o part_n of_o my_o appendage_n must_v needs_o be_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n they_o be_v of_o the_o same_o mind_n and_o profession_n with_o those_o that_o be_v so_o grievous_o persecute_v and_o keep_v out_o of_o all_o power_n nay_o burn_v at_o the_o stake_n murder_v and_o massacre_a god_n know_v how_o many_o hundred_o thousand_o of_o they_o and_o at_o this_o very_a day_n our_o own_o church_n of_o england_n partly_o in_o her_o homily_n partly_o in_o her_o article_n and_o liturgy_n give_v the_o same_o testimony_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n even_o that_o she_o be_v that_o old_a paint_a harlot_n of_o babylon_n with_o her_o cup_n of_o fornication_n that_o be_v of_o idolatry_n and_o that_o the_o pope_n be_v antichrist_n as_o i_o have_v show_v in_o my_o synopsis_fw-la prophetica_fw-la book_n 2._o ch._n 21._o which_o whenas_o our_o own_o church_n which_o seem_v most_o moderate_a do_v so_o plain_o attest_v we_o may_v be_v sure_a the_o rest_n of_o the_o chief_a writer_n of_o the_o reformation_n do_v not_o mince_v the_o matter_n at_o all_o and_o if_o there_o be_v any_o person_n in_o the_o reformation_n any_o where_o that_o at_o all_o recoil_n from_o this_o testimony_n it_o be_v because_o the_o spirit_n of_o life_n and_o holiness_n be_v decay_v in_o they_o and_o the_o gross_a spirit_n of_o this_o world_n have_v blind_v their_o eye_n and_o darken_a their_o understanding_n and_o harden_v their_o heart_n against_o the_o truth_n they_o prefer_v worldly_a power_n pomp_n and_o riches_n before_o the_o purity_n of_o god_n worship_n wherefore_o i_o say_v this_o be_v one_o great_a usefulness_n of_o my_o demonstrate_v the_o vial_n to_o follow_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n in_o that_o it_o be_v thence_o manifest_a that_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n be_v fulfil_v in_o the_o late_a bless_a reformation_n there_o be_v thus_o no_o other_o vision_n to_o predict_v it_o but_o this_o which_o conclusion_n contain_v a_o manifold_a usefulness_n in_o it_o christ._n for_o first_o that_o acclamation_n in_o heaven_n upon_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n namely_o after_o so_o many_o principality_n province_n and_o kingdom_n have_v cast_v off_o the_o pope_n in_o the_o late_a bless_a reformation_n what_o do_v this_o imply_v but_o that_o they_o be_v before_o in_o the_o hand_n of_o antichrist_n and_o that_o be_v the_o pope_n have_v any_o dominion_n it_o be_v ipso_fw-la facto_fw-la antichrist_n kingdom_n and_o on_o the_o contrary_a that_o all_o the_o reform_a part_n of_o christendom_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o indeed_o the_o five_o monarchy_n begin_v which_o ought_v to_o stop_v the_o mouth_n and_o carrear_n of_o a_o ignorant_a and_o fanatical_a sort_n of_o man_n that_o can_v see_v wood_n for_o tree_n and_o seek_v for_o a_o five_o monarchy_n in_o a_o five_o monarchy_n whenas_o so_o considerable_a a_o part_n of_o it_o be_v erect_v before_o their_o eye_n already_o but_o as_o i_o note_v above_o such_o be_v the_o folly_n and_o freakishness_n of_o ignorant_a and_o conceit_a man_n that_o they_o will_v not_o willing_o acknowledge_v the_o witness_n to_o be_v rise_v till_o those_o of_o the_o same_o crotchet_n with_o themselves_o whole_a kingdom_n and_o nation_n of_o they_o have_v get_v into_o power_n but_o it_o be_v very_o true_a and_o extreme_o worth_a our_o nothing_o that_o as_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o old_a roman_a paganism_n all_o those_o that_o profess_a christ_n according_a to_o the_o tenor_n of_o what_o we_o call_v the_o apostle_n creed_n though_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n they_o have_v several_a different_a conceit_n about_o thing_n that_o appertain_v to_o the_o christian_a religion_n be_v notwithstanding_o look_v upon_o as_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o opposition_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o red_a dragon_n the_o pagan_a persecutive_a roman_a empire_n so_o all_o the_o reform_a church_n state_n and_o kingdom_n though_o some_o lutheran_n other_o calvinist_n some_o of_o one_o opinion_n other_o of_o another_o yet_o they_o keep_v to_o the_o old_a orthodox_n faith_n of_o the_o triunity_n of_o the_o godhead_n and_o divinity_n of_o christ_n acknowledge_v by_o the_o church_n in_o the_o symmetral_a time_n thereof_o and_o renounce_v the_o communion_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n for_o her_o gross_a idolatry_n and_o wretched_a and_o intolerable_a superstition_n and_o humane_a invention_n whereby_o she_o have_v so_o notorious_o adulterate_v the_o purity_n and_o simplicity_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n and_o worship_n all_o these_o i_o say_v be_v just_o deem_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o opposition_n to_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o pope_n or_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n whence_o as_o i_o be_v a_o go_v to_o say_v a_o second_o special_a use_n of_o this_o our_o demonstration_n man_n that_o the_o late_a bless_a reformation_n be_v the_o fulfil_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n be_v the_o undeceive_n of_o those_o they_o call_v the_o fifth-monarchy_n man_n who_o will_v pretend_v to_o begin_v the_o five_o monarchy_n and_o upon_o that_o account_n raise_v commotion_n and_o tumult_n whenas_o it_o be_v so_o stupendious_o and_o surprise_o by_o the_o special_a providence_n of_o god_n begin_v already_o and_o let_v a_o three_o usefulness_n be_v to_o reprove_v they_o it_o that_o out_o of_o rashness_n and_o conceitedness_n or_o any_o other_o worse_a principle_n vilify_v and_o contemn_v this_o great_a work_n of_o god_n the_o late_a happy_a reformation_n whether_o it_o be_v those_o that_o think_v there_o be_v too_o much_o do_v already_o they_o have_v a_o hanker_a again_o after_o the_o fleshpot_n of_o egypt_n the_o worldly_a bigness_n and_o downbearing_a
loathsome_o besmear_v with_o idolatry_n and_o blood_n and_o that_o those_o that_o shut_v their_o eye_n from_o see_v and_o their_o mouth_n from_o profess_v so_o plain_a a_o truth_n be_v but_o dough-baked_a protestant_n and_o in_o great_a peril_n if_o occasion_n offer_v itself_o to_o be_v amass_v and_o kn_v again_o into_o the_o old_a sour_a lump_n of_o popery_n worse_o than_o the_o very_a leaven_n of_o the_o pharisee_n which_o christ_n advise_v his_o disciple_n to_o beware_v of_o moreover_o that_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n be_v fulfil_v in_o the_o late_a bless_a reformation_n and_o that_o as_o the_o popedom_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n so_o reform_v christendom_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o opposition_n thereunto_o and_o a_o more_o visible_a emersion_n of_o the_o fifth-monarchy_n ever_o distinct_a from_o the_o four_o monarchy_n so_o much_o guilty_a of_o idolatry_n and_o blood_n and_o that_o as_o the_o many_o sect_n in_o the_o primitive_a time_n more_o in_o number_n and_o more_o heinous_a in_o quality_n as_o you_o may_v see_v in_o epiphanius_n than_o have_v appear_v since_o the_o reformation_n do_v not_o hinder_v but_o the_o christian_a church_n be_v then_o the_o real_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n no_o more_o do_v those_o sect_n that_o appear_v in_o the_o reform_a church_n but_o be_v disallow_v by_o they_o hinder_v at_o all_o but_o they_o be_v the_o true_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n also_o and_o rightful_o oppose_v the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n as_o the_o primitive_a christian_n do_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o dragon_n and_o that_o reform_a christendom_n be_v in_o truth_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n our_o inference_n therefrom_o be_v very_a sound_n that_o we_o ought_v from_o the_o very_a heart_n to_o give_v all_o reverence_n and_o obedience_n in_o thing_n indifferent_a to_o the_o magistrate_n thereof_o a_o duty_n which_o be_v owe_v even_o to_o pagan_a magistrate_n from_o christian_n much_o more_o one_o will_v think_v to_o christian_a magistrate_n from_o those_o that_o pretend_v to_o be_v christian_n themselves_o this_o be_v a_o truth_n so_o firm_a and_o sure_a that_o i_o have_v place_v it_o among_o my_o eight_o principle_n for_o the_o support_n and_o enlargement_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o my_o divine_a dialogue_n 29._o in_o these_o express_a word_n the_o five_o document_n or_o instruction_n shall_v be_v to_o all_o the_o member_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n wherever_o their_o abode_n be_v that_o they_o do_v not_o suffer_v themselves_o to_o be_v stain_v with_o the_o least_o blemish_n or_o taint_v of_o disloyalty_n to_o their_o lawful_a sovereign_n upon_o any_o account_n whatsoever_o but_o especial_o upon_o a_o religious_a one_o there_o be_v no_o great_a disinterest_n to_o the_o true_a religion_n than_o to_o appear_v to_o be_v promote_v or_o maintain_v by_o so_o gross_a a_o immorality_n as_o disloyalty_n nor_o any_o great_a advantage_n than_o through_o faith_n and_o patience_n to_o bear_v all_o trial_n and_o hardship_n as_o the_o old_a primitive_a christian_n do_v who_o eye_n be_v lift_v up_o heavenward_o and_o their_o foot_n whole_o in_o that_o path_n by_o providence_n stumble_v on_o the_o imperial_a crown_n the_o emperor_n at_o last_o become_v a_o profess_a christian._n furthermore_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o the_o sardian_n period_n commence_v together_o england_n that_o they_o of_o the_o reform_a church_n be_v bind_v in_o the_o fear_n of_o god_n with_o all_o attentiveness_n to_o read_v christ_n epistle_n to_o the_o church_n in_o sardis_n and_o especial_o we_o of_o the_o church_n of_o england_n and_o to_o impress_v those_o weighty_a word_n on_o our_o mind_n remember_v how_o thou_o have_v receive_v and_o hear_v and_o hold_v fast_o and_o repent_v as_o of_o our_o carnal_a and_o sensual_a life_n so_o of_o our_o wantonness_n and_o stipperiness_n in_o matter_n of_o doctrine_n as_o those_o two_o great_a point_n attest_v by_o the_o witness_n of_o christ_n that_o the_o popedom_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o papal_a hierarchy_n the_o mother_n of_o spiritual_a fornication_n or_o idolatry_n that_o we_o be_v to_o remember_v what_o we_o have_v hear_v and_o receive_v and_o hold_v fast_o and_o repent_v we_o of_o either_o our_o coldness_n in_o or_o apostasy_n from_o the_o profession_n of_o so_o grand_a concern_v truth_n as_o also_o of_o our_o schismaticalness_n and_o rebelliousness_n that_o we_o remember_v i_o say_v what_o we_o have_v receive_v and_o may_v still_o read_v in_o that_o excellent_a book_n of_o homily_n of_o our_o english_a church_n touch_v these_o main_a point_n of_o the_o pope_n be_v antichrist_n the_o papal_a church_n idolatrous_a and_o of_o that_o heinous_a wickedness_n of_o rebellion_n against_o our_o lawful_a sovereign_n and_o of_o mingle_v any_o righteousness_n or_o satisfaction_n and_o penance_n of_o humane_a invention_n with_o our_o justification_n and_o remission_n of_o sin_n in_o the_o blood_n of_o christ._n the_o profession_n of_o the_o rise_v witness_n in_o the_o book_n of_o homily_n be_v so_o sincere_a savoury_a and_o genuine_o christian_n in_o this_o point_n without_o the_o least_o lean_v towards_o libertinism_n and_o antinomianism_n that_o i_o do_v not_o doubt_v but_o this_o profession_n of_o the_o reform_a church_n be_v allude_v to_o apoc._n 15._o in_o the_o place_n those_o harper_n that_o sing_v the_o song_n of_o moses_n and_o the_o lamb_n upon_o the_o sea_n of_o glass_n mingle_v with_o fire_n namely_o upon_o the_o shore_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n for_o what_o reason_n so_o call_v it_o matter_n not_o in_o which_o pharaoh_n and_o his_o host_n be_v overthrow_v as_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o pontifician_n clergy_n defeat_v by_o the_o witness_n profess_v that_o a_o true_a and_o live_a faith_n in_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n which_o the_o title_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n be_v a_o symbol_n of_o for_o remission_n of_o sin_n do_v alone_o justify_v we_o before_o god_n whereby_o they_o fling_v off_o a_o load_n of_o trumpery_n and_o tedious_a imposition_n of_o humane_a invention_n by_o which_o they_o be_v keep_v in_o a_o worse_o than_o egyptian_a servitude_n under_o the_o pope_n and_o pontifician_n clergy_n and_o therefore_o the_o reform_a church_n be_v bring_v in_o in_o the_o abovecited_a place_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n in_o imitation_n of_o the_o israelite_n that_o have_v escape_v the_o thraldom_n of_o pharaoh_n sing_v a_o triumphal_a song_n on_o the_o shore_n as_o it_o be_v of_o the_o mystical_a red_a sea_n where_o the_o roman_a pharaoh_n and_o his_o tyrannical_a hierarchy_n be_v overthrow_v and_o that_o wretched_a bondage_n which_o those_o true_a israelite_n have_v be_v keep_v in_o for_o filthy_a lucre_n sake_n and_o gain_n of_o the_o church_n cast_v off_o utter_o and_o quite_o escape_v for_o all_o that_o sweet_a allure_a power_n and_o genuine_a comfort_n from_o the_o gospel_n and_o wonderful_a efficacy_n to_o make_v man_n true_o good_a they_o hide_v from_o the_o eye_n of_o the_o people_n and_o whenas_o the_o very_a specific_a nature_n and_o essence_n of_o the_o christian_a religion_n be_v a_o sincere_a and_o vehement_a love_n of_o our_o saviour_n person_n and_o peaceful_a repose_n of_o our_o soul_n in_o his_o passion_n and_o merit_n we_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n act_v sincere_o as_o our_o homily_n require_v in_o this_o covenant_n of_o grace_n this_o high_a honour_n and_o affection_n we_o bear_v to_o christ_n this_o repose_n and_o peace_n of_o mind_n we_o have_v in_o the_o merit_n of_o his_o most_o precious_a blood_n and_o passion_n those_o supply_n by_o his_o promise_a spirit_n of_o illumination_n comfort_n and_o direction_n all_o this_o be_v so_o miserable_o and_o perfidious_o squander_v away_o or_o sell_v if_o you_o will_v for_o the_o gain_n of_o the_o church_n by_o multiply_v of_o false_a patron_n and_o the_o vain_a worshipping_n of_o saint_n and_o their_o image_n by_o make_v man_n to_o depend_v on_o the_o infallibility_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o priest_n and_o by_o stifle_v all_o hope_n of_o illumination_n and_o direction_n from_o the_o bless_a spirit_n of_o christ_n that_o the_o member_n of_o that_o church_n be_v make_v not_o only_o so_o many_o slave_n bereave_v of_o their_o christian_a liberty_n and_o enjoyment_n of_o the_o love_n of_o christ_n that_o procure_v it_o but_o so_o many_o senseless_a stock_n or_o stone_n as_o to_o divine_a matter_n and_o be_v teach_v to_o transfer_v all_o that_o recumbency_n that_o every_o true_a christian_a have_v on_o the_o person_n of_o our_o faithful_a high_a priest_n upon_o the_o person_n of_o these_o unskilful_a and_o which_o be_v worse_o unfaithful_a tamperer_n with_o the_o soul_n of_o man_n who_o salvation_n consist_v in_o a_o lively_a faith_n and_o sincere_a love_n honour_n and_o dependence_n on_o the_o person_n of_o our_o bless_a saviour_n and_o do_v the_o thing_n that_o he_o command_v these_o deceitful_a emissary_n of_o rome_n o_o detestable_a treachery_n carry_v on_o such_o a_o religion_n or_o
earth_n so_o it_o be_v say_v of_o he_o i_o maccab._n i._o he_o make_v many_o war_n and_o win_v many_o strong_a hold_n and_o slay_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o go_v through_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o so_o justin_n lib._n 12._o from_o the_o utmost_a coast_n of_o the_o ocean_n be_v embassy_n send_v to_o he_o return_v to_o babylon_n both_o of_o the_o carthaginian_n and_o other_o city_n of_o africa_n yea_o of_o spain_n sicily_n france_n sardinia_n and_o some_o also_o from_o italy_n expect_v his_o return_n to_o babyloâ—…ia_n adeo_fw-la universum_fw-la tâ—…rrarum_fw-la orbem_fw-la nominis_fw-la ejus_fw-la terror_fw-la invaserat_fw-la ut_fw-la cunctae_fw-la gentes_fw-la veluti_fw-la destinato_fw-la sibi_fw-la regi_fw-la adularentur_fw-la which_o be_v enough_o to_o show_v how_o well_o this_o prediction_n suit_n with_o the_o event_n 40._o and_o the_o four_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v as_o strong_a as_o iron_n that_o this_o four_o kingdom_n be_v the_o roman_a be_v manifest_a from_o hence_o that_o it_o succeed_v the_o greek_a empire_n which_o it_o may_v seem_v most_o proper_o first_o to_o seize_v upon_o when_o aemylius_fw-la paulus_n the_o roman_a consul_n have_v vanquish_v perseus_n the_o last_o king_n of_o macedonia_n but_o about_o a_o age_n after_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n those_o two_o eminent_a part_n or_o thigh_n rather_o of_o the_o macedonick_a or_o greek_a empire_n be_v subdue_v also_o by_o the_o roman_n the_o last_o of_o the_o seleucidae_n or_o king_n of_o syria_n tigranes_n â—…_n as_o vanquish_v by_o pompey_n and_o syria_n reduce_v into_o a_o province_n as_o also_o egypt_n by_o augustus_n when_o he_o have_v vanquish_v antâ—…nius_n the_o husband_n of_o cleopatra_n daughter_n of_o ptolemaeus_n auletes_n the_o last_o but_o one_o of_o the_o lagidae_n or_o king_n of_o egypt_n whence_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o roman_a succeed_v the_o greek_a empire_n as_o the_o greek_a the_o medo_n persian_n and_o that_o therefore_o this_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n prefigure_v by_o the_o image_n of_o four_o several_a metal_n and_o the_o genius_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n the_o former_a day_n of_o it_o especial_o suit_n well_o with_o this_o metal_n they_o be_v not_o only_o full_a of_o courage_n and_o valour_n but_o also_o hardy_a rigid_a severe_a and_o indeed_o cruel_a they_o that_o be_v any_o thing_n verse_v in_o history_n will_v easy_o acknowledge_v this_o a_o fit_a character_n to_o which_o you_o may_v add_v what_o be_v intimate_v in_o the_o text_n namely_o that_o as_o iron_n can_v cut_v and_o form_n and_o subdue_v all_o those_o three_o first_o metal_n gold_n silver_n and_o brass_n so_o the_o roman_a empire_n can_v vanquish_v and_o subdue_v all_o those_o region_n wherein_o the_o babylonian_a medo-persian_a and_o grecian_a empire_n be_v spread_v which_o feat_n not_o be_v do_v by_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n it_o be_v impossible_a they_o shall_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n of_o daniel_n and_o beside_o this_o we_o may_v be_v infallible_o sure_a that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v the_o roman_a in_o that_o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o without_o hand_n happen_v during_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o it_o must_v happen_v in_o some_o of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n according_a to_o the_o vision_n and_o not_o during_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n forasmuch_o as_o iron_n break_v in_o piece_n and_o subdue_v all_o thing_n and_o as_o iron_n break_v all_o these_o viz._n all_o these_o metal_n of_o gold_n silver_n and_o brass_n shall_v it_o this_o roman_a kingdom_n or_o empire_n break_v in_o piece_n and_o bruise_v the_o country_n and_o people_n which_o the_o babylonian_a medo-persian_a and_o grecian_a empire_n have_v rule_v over_o 41._o and_o whereas_o thou_o see_v the_o foot_n and_o coes._n here_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o toe_n with_o the_o foot_n which_o justify_v our_o exposition_n above_o ver._n 33._o but_o now_o we_o be_v come_v hither_o we_o must_v remember_v we_o be_v come_v unto_o that_o period_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n when_o it_o be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o be_v intimate_v by_o the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o statue_n which_o ten_o toe_n answer_v to_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n actual_o crown_v which_o be_v the_o time_n that_o the_o two_o horn_a beast_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n so_o it_o be_v say_v apoc._n 13._o and_o why_o not_o out_o of_o a_o white_a clayie_a clammy_a earth_n such_o as_o potter_n make_v use_v of_o as_o well_o as_o out_o of_o any_o other_o earth_n beside_o and_o no_o man_n i_o think_v while_o he_o consider_v that_o the_o iron_n here_o signify_v man_n a_o body_n politic_a of_o they_o can_v stick_v to_o admit_v that_o this_o clay_n do_v signify_v so_o likewise_o but_o there_o be_v so_o palpable_a a_o difference_n betwixt_o iron_n and_o clay_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o there_o must_v be_v as_o great_a a_o difference_n betwixt_o these_o two_o body_n politic_a the_o one_o signify_v by_o the_o iron_n the_o other_o by_o the_o clay_n the_o former_a suppose_v the_o secular_a power_n the_o latter_a the_o ecclesiastical_a as_o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o papal_a hierarchy_n which_o be_v the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o 24._o that_o that_o horn_n or_o king_n shall_v be_v diverse_a from_o the_o rest_n which_o diversification_n here_o betwixt_o the_o secular_a and_o ecclesiastical_a power_n signify_v by_o the_o iron_n and_o the_o clay_n need_v not_o be_v express_v in_o word_n the_o symbol_n themselves_o be_v so_o apparent_o different_a part_v of_o â—…otters_n clay_n and_o part_n of_o iron_n that_o be_v partly_o of_o such_o clammy_a white_a clay_n as_o potter_n make_v use_v of_o and_o partly_o of_o iron_n which_o imply_v that_o by_o that_o time_n the_o empire_n be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n the_o summa_fw-la pâ—…tâ—…stas_fw-la begin_v to_o be_v neither_o in_o the_o secular_a power_n absolute_o nor_o in_o the_o hierarchical_a but_o they_o be_v so_o mingle_v together_o that_o it_o be_v not_o complete_a or_o full_a without_o both_o concurrent_a the_o ecclesiastic_a power_n get_v such_o a_o thank_v upon_o the_o secular_a in_o ordine_fw-la ad_fw-la spiritualia_fw-la the_o effect_n whereof_o within_o no_o long_a time_n appear_v with_o a_o witness_n the_o kingdom_n â—â—all_v be_v 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v the_o power_n will_v be_v divide_v or_o share_v betwixt_o the_o papal_a or_o sacerdotal_a hierarchy_n and_o the_o secular_a order_n of_o emperor_n and_o king_n for_o the_o iron_n and_o clay_n can_v stand_v for_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n into_o ten_o kingdom_n for_o that_o the_o ten_o toe_n prefigure_v but_o the_o share_n the_o summa_fw-la potestas_fw-la betwixt_o the_o secular_a magistrate_n and_o papal_a or_o sacerdotal_a hierarchy_n but_o there_o shall_v be_v in_o it_o of_o the_o strength_n of_o the_o iron_n forasmuch_o as_o thou_o see_v the_o iron_n mix_v with_o the_o miry_a clay_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o swordman_n or_o secular_a power_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v so_o assure_v to_o the_o maintain_v the_o power_n and_o the_o institutes_n of_o the_o papal_a hierarchy_n though_o never_o so_o foul_a or_o idolatrous_a so_o they_o make_v for_o the_o sacerdotal_a worldly_a interest_n that_o the_o papal_a empire_n or_o the_o empire_n frame_v according_a to_o that_o pattern_n and_o scope_n be_v as_o it_o be_v strengthen_v with_o iron_n which_o be_v that_o which_o be_v intimate_v apoc._n 17._o 13._o where_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v say_v to_o give_v their_o strength_n and_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v which_o be_v the_o empire_n refashion_v again_o into_o a_o pagan-like_a idolatrous_a form_n for_o the_o worldly_a advantage_n of_o the_o papal_a hierarchy_n thus_o be_v the_o iron_n mix_v with_o the_o miry_a clay_n the_o ten_o king_n cleave_v so_o close_o to_o the_o interest_n of_o the_o papal_a idolatrous_a clergy_n 42._o and_o as_o the_o toe_n of_o the_o foot_n be_v part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n that_o be_v and_o as_o every_o one_o of_o those_o ten_o kingdom_n consist_v of_o temporal_a power_n and_o ecclesiastical_a the_o papal_a hierarchy_n be_v branch_v through_o all_o the_o ten_o kingdom_n till_o the_o reformation_n so_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v partly_o strong_a and_o partly_o break_v that_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n divide_v into_o these_o ten_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v partly_o strong_a and_o partly_o brittle_a the_o papal_a power_n weaken_v the_o absolute_a power_n of_o each_o kingdom_n and_o occasion_v many_o breach_n and_o jar_n in_o christendom_n 43._o and_o whereas_o thou_o see_v iron_n mâ—…xt_n with_o miry_a clay_n i_o shall_v tell_v thou_o the_o reason_n of_o it_o by_o what_o mean_v it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o that_o measure_n it_o do_v they_o shall_v mingle_v themselves_o with_o the_o seed_n of_o man_n so_o our_o english_a render_v it_o with_o the_o
he_o shall_v come_v up_o say_v he_o as_o cloud_n and_o his_o chariot_n shall_v be_v as_o a_o whirlwind_n his_o horse_n be_v swift_a than_o eagle_n woe_n unto_o we_o for_o we_o be_v spoil_v and_o again_o ch._n 40._o behold_v he_o shall_v fly_v as_o a_o eagle_n and_o shall_v spread_v his_o wing_n over_o moab_n and_o many_o other_o place_n there_o be_v concern_v nabuchadnezzar_n to_o the_o same_o purpose_n i_o behold_v till_o the_o wing_n thereof_o be_v pluck_v wherewith_o it_o be_v lift_v up_o from_o the_o earth_n for_o the_o marginal_a wherewith_o in_o the_o english_a bible_n be_v better_a than_o and_o in_o the_o text._n and_o grotius_n say_v verte_z per_fw-la quas_fw-la efferebatur_fw-la supra_fw-la terram_fw-la and_o he_o add_v thus_o note_v further_o saepe_fw-la enim_fw-la chaldaeis_n ut_fw-la &_o hebraeis_n copula_fw-la vim_o habet_fw-la relativi_fw-la and_o beside_o the_o copula_fw-la â—…_n will_v signify_v for_o as_o well_o as_o and_o and_o then_o the_o sense_n will_v be_v the_o same_o that_o grotius_n drive_v at_o and_o the_o septuagint_n ratify_v it_o by_o translate_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o signify_v he_o be_v carry_v up_o on_o high_a not_o take_v out_o of_o the_o way_n or_o destroy_v as_o some_o will_v have_v it_o now_o the_o babylonian_a monarch_n his_o be_v thus_o carry_v up_o on_o high_a on_o his_o wing_n may_v signify_v both_o the_o height_n of_o his_o prosperity_n and_o the_o haughtiness_n of_o his_o mind_n his_o ambition_n as_o it_o be_v set_v out_o by_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n ch._n 14._o v._n 14._o where_o he_o bring_v he_o in_o say_v i_o will_v ascend_v above_o the_o height_n of_o the_o cloud_n i_o will_v be_v like_o the_o most_o high_a for_o this_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o whole_a succession_n be_v to_o be_v look_v on_o as_o one_o king_n as_o the_o empire_n be_v look_v upon_o as_o one_o beast_n now_o therefore_o i_o behold_v till_o the_o wing_n thereof_o be_v pluck_v be_v not_o to_o be_v understand_v as_o if_o this_o pluck_n of_o the_o wing_n can_v not_o be_v but_o after_o the_o time_n of_o this_o vision_n of_o daniel_n because_o as_o i_o prove_v above_o the_o vision_n reach_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n the_o scene_n whereof_o all_o along_o daniel_n here_o behold_v where_o among_o other_o thing_n he_o note_v the_o pluck_n of_o the_o wing_n of_o this_o lion_n the_o babylonian_a monarch_n which_o happen_v most_o notorious_o in_o his_o be_v cast_v down_o from_o his_o lofty_o pride_v himself_o in_o his_o great_a magnificence_n ch._n 4._o 30._o be_v not_o this_o great_a babylon_n that_o i_o have_v build_v by_o the_o might_n of_o my_o power_n and_o for_o the_o honour_n of_o my_o majesty_n which_o be_v no_o soon_o say_v by_o he_o but_o he_o hear_v a._n voice_n from_o heaven_n o_o king_n nabuchadnezzar_n to_o thou_o it_o be_v speak_v the_o kingdom_n be_v depart_v from_o thou_o etc._n etc._n and_o so_o he_o be_v drive_v out_o to_o eat_v grass_n with_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n till_o seven_o time_n pass_v over_o he_o and_o be_v not_o this_o a_o clip_n of_o his_o wing_n indeed_o who_o be_v soar_v before_o above_o the_o cloud_n instead_o of_o be_v lift_v up_o on_o high_a with_o his_o wing_n from_o the_o earth_n he_o be_v fain_o to_o graze_v on_o the_o ground_n with_o oxen._n and_o be_v make_v stand_v on_o the_o foot_n as_o a_o man_n and_o a_o man_n heart_n be_v give_v to_o it_o now_o after_o that_o septennial_a humiliation_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n by_o be_v cast_v into_o so_o deep_a a_o melancholy_n and_o delirancy_n as_o if_o he_o be_v grow_v a_o very_a brute_n that_o go_v on_o all_o four_o these_o word_n describe_v his_o happy_a recovery_n out_o of_o that_o deep_a disease_n for_o physician_n take_v notice_n of_o such_o a_o melancholy_a as_o make_v the_o party_n imagine_v himself_o to_o be_v and_o to_o imitate_v the_o manner_n and_o nature_n of_o this_o or_o that_o beast_n as_o you_o may_v see_v in_o sennertus_n and_o other_o writer_n but_o here_o it_o seem_v he_o come_v to_o himself_o again_o by_o the_o good_a providence_n of_o god_n and_o go_v constant_o upon_o his_o foot_n as_o other_o man_n do_v and_o a_o man_n heart_n be_v give_v unto_o he_o that_o be_v his_o humane_a understanding_n be_v restore_v unto_o he_o for_o the_o phrase_n of_o scripture_n make_v the_o heart_n the_o seat_n of_o understanding_n instead_o therefore_o of_o have_v the_o mind_n or_o heart_n of_o either_o a_o brute_n or_o luciferian_a devil_n he_o have_v get_v a_o man_n heart_n and_o be_v teach_v ch._n 4._o v._n 37._o to_o honour_n and_o extol_v the_o king_n of_o heaven_n all_o who_o work_n be_v truth_n and_o his_o way_n judgement_n and_o who_o be_v able_a to_o abase_v all_o those_o that_o walk_v in_o pride_n what_o can_v be_v more_o significant_a of_o nebuchadnezzar_n case_n than_o this_o which_o therefore_o be_v a_o most_o certain_a character_n that_o the_o first_o beast_n be_v the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n and_o this_o passage_n be_v most_o proper_o apply_v to_o he_o but_o withal_o i_o do_v not_o deny_v but_o it_o may_v be_v extend_v further_o to_o other_o case_n of_o the_o empire_n or_o monarch_n of_o babylon_n according_o as_o grotius_n expound_v the_o pluck_n of_o the_o wing_n of_o this_o lion_n tardati_fw-la cursus_fw-la ejus_fw-la imperii_fw-la etc._n etc._n the_o affair_n of_o that_o empire_n be_v not_o carry_v on_o with_o that_o speed_n and_o success_n under_o evilmerodac_a and_o his_o viceroy_n as_o it_o be_v naragalrazar_n in_o who_o day_n cyrus_n rebel_a against_o astyages_n who_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v set_v over_o the_o kingdom_n of_o media_n insomuch_o that_o media_n be_v under_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n in_o the_o reign_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o onward_o till_o this_o rebellion_n of_o cyrus_n media_n by_o this_o mean_n in_o evil-merodac's_a day_n son_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n be_v rend_v from_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n and_o this_o i_o think_v be_v a_o considerable_a clip_n or_o pluck_v the_o wing_n of_o the_o lion_n beside_o what_o other_o particularity_n may_v be_v note_v in_o history_n and_o moreover_o belshazzar_n ch._n 5._o as_o daniel_n reprove_v he_o for_o his_o not_o regard_v that_o fearful_a punishment_n of_o his_o grandfather_n for_o his_o pride_n have_v lift_v he_o up_o also_o against_o the_o lord_n of_o heaven_n v_o 23._o and_o he_o have_v quaff_v in_o the_o holy_a vessel_n of_o god_n temple_n in_o that_o impious_a feast_n he_o make_v belshazzar_n i_o say_v be_v pretty_a well_o humble_v by_o that_o hand-writing_n against_o he_o on_o the_o wall_n but_o immediate_o after_o be_v lay_v in_o the_o dust_n of_o death_n but_o in_o his_o successor_n darius_n the_o mede_n for_o i_o above_o note_v that_o the_o succession_n be_v account_v as_o one_o continue_a monarch_n as_o the_o beast_n one_o continue_a empire_n and_o what_o belong_v to_o the_o monarch_n or_o empire_n be_v say_v of_o this_o first_o beast_n the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n be_v again_o fulfil_v that_o he_o be_v make_v to_o stand_v upon_o his_o foot_n as_o a_o man_n not_o to_o soar_v in_o the_o air_n with_o eagle's_n wing_n and_o fancy_n himself_o above_o he_o that_o dwell_v in_o the_o cloud_n and_o a_o man_n heart_n be_v give_v to_o he_o namely_o to_o darius_n the_o mede_n *_o the_o last_o monarch_n of_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n for_o all_o begin_v the_o medo-persian_a empire_n from_o cyrus_n and_o what_o a_o heart_n full_a of_o humanity_n towards_o daniel_n nay_o indeed_o of_o piety_n and_o belief_n in_o daniel_n god_n the_o god_n of_o israel_n be_v give_v unto_o he_o will_v plain_o appear_v to_o any_o that_o read_v the_o six_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n ver_fw-la 14_o 16_o 18_o 19_o 20_o 23_o 26_o 27._o thus_o full_o well_o assure_v may_v we_o be_v that_o this_o first_o beast_n be_v the_o babylonian_a empire_n and_o this_o be_v give_v we_o shall_v easy_o be_v induce_v to_o believe_v that_o the_o three_o follow_a will_n prove_v the_o medo-persian_a greek_a and_o roman_a as_o they_o be_v in_o the_o image_n of_o the_o four_o metal_n for_o the_o same_o reason_n there_o above_o specify_v 5._o and_o behold_v another_o beasâ—…_n a_o sâ—…econd_v like_a to_o a_o bear_n this_o according_a to_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o empire_n in_o history_n which_o be_v the_o most_o faithful_a interpreter_n of_o prophecy_n must_v be_v the_o medâ—…-persian_a empire_n so_o that_o there_o be_v less_o need_n to_o take_v notice_n what_o interpreter_n have_v observe_v of_o congruity_n in_o the_o make_v a_o bear_n the_o symbol_n of_o the_o medo-persian_a monarchy_n as_o that_o persia_n be_v notorious_a for_o the_o breed_n the_o fierce_a sort_n as_o well_o as_o plenty_n of_o those_o animal_n that_o what_o be_v most_o notorious_a in_o the_o bear_n that_o
very_o bad_a sight_v that_o do_v not_o plain_o perceive_v the_o say_a empire_n to_o be_v the_o greek_a or_o macedonick_a 7._o after_o this_o i_o see_v in_o the_o night_n uision_n in_o this_o divine_a or_o supernatural_a dream_n communicate_v to_o i_o from_o god_n and_o behold_v a_o four_o beast_n that_o be_v a_o four_o empire_n and_o particular_o the_o roman_n for_o what_o empire_n shall_v succeed_v the_o greek_a or_o macedonick_a empire_n but_o the_o roman_a that_o vanquish_v it_o as_o the_o greek_a the_o persian_a and_o the_o persian_a the_o babylonian_a that_o this_o four_o beast_n or_o four_o empire_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n i_o have_v so_o full_o and_o evident_o demonstrate_v against_o grotius_n in_o my_o synopsis_fw-la prophetica_fw-la book_n 2._o ch._n 13._o that_o no_o rational_a man_n i_o think_v if_o he_o read_v considerate_o what_o i_o have_v write_v can_v ever_o for_o the_o future_a doubt_n thereof_o and_o how_o suitable_a the_o description_n be_v in_o the_o vision_n all_o along_o we_o shall_v now_o see_v dreadful_a and_o terrible_a and_o strong_a exceed_o and_o it_o have_v great_a iron_n tooth_n as_o this_o four_o kingdom_n be_v also_o represent_v in_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o image_n by_o the_o iron_n leg_n thereof_o to_o which_o you_o may_v also_o refer_v that_o it_o be_v say_v here_o to_o be_v strong_a exceed_o for_o so_o be_v that_o metal_n and_o the_o courage_n cruelty_n and_o exceed_a largeness_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n must_v needs_o make_v it_o dreadful_a and_o terrible_a which_o some_o conceive_v it_o to_o have_v be_v in_o so_o great_a a_o measure_n as_o no_o one_o wild_a beast_n can_v be_v a_o sufficient_a symbol_n to_o set_v off_o the_o terrible_a cruelty_n thereof_o among_o othâ—â—_n specimens_n of_o which_o that_o bloody_a and_o savage_a peâ—â—eution_n first_o of_o the_o pagan_a roman_a empire_n against_o the_o primitive_a christian_n and_o then_o of_o the_o pagano-christian_a against_o the_o waldenses_n and_o albigenses_n and_o innumerable_a other_o that_o profess_a and_o stick_v to_o the_o pure_a christian_a faith_n be_v astonish_v and_o ineffable_a and_o exceed_v the_o salvageness_n of_o any_o wild_a beast_n whatsoever_o that_o we_o may_v not_o want_v a_o reason_n why_o this_o four_o beast_n be_v without_o name_n it_o devour_v and_o break_v in_o piece_n and_o stamp_v the_o residue_n with_o the_o féâ—…t_n of_o it_o that_o be_v the_o roman_n subdue_v and_o bring_v under_o many_o kingdom_n and_o nation_n devour_v their_o wealth_n and_o incorporate_v they_o into_o their_o empire_n and_o who_o they_o can_v not_o so_o perfect_o subdue_v yet_o they_o harass_v their_o country_n and_o by_o enrich_v some_o of_o their_o client_n by_o give_v other_o land_n or_o revenue_n to_o they_o they_o trample_v upon_o those_o who_o they_o can_v not_o so_o perfect_o devour_v and_o digest_v into_o the_o body_n of_o their_o empire_n illa_fw-la igitur_fw-la astuta_fw-la liberalitas_fw-la say_v calvin_n voco_fw-la conculcatio_fw-la quòd_fw-la residuum_fw-la quia_fw-la scilicet_fw-la non_fw-la poterant_fw-la vorare_fw-la &_o absumere_fw-la suis_fw-la dentibus_fw-la pedibus_fw-la suis_fw-la calcarent_fw-la see_v calvin_n upon_o the_o place_n and_o it_o be_v diverse_a from_o all_o the_o beast_n that_o go_v before_o it_o forasmuch_o as_o they_o be_v absolute_a monarchy_n this_o four_o beast_n consist_v of_o two_o consul_n and_o a_o senate_n dictator_n also_o be_v sometime_o choose_v and_o in_o after_o time_n of_o a_o mingle-mangle_a of_o pope_n and_o emperor_n etc._n etc._n and_o it_o have_v ten_o horn_n answer_v to_o the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o iron_n leg_n of_o the_o image_n that_o be_v to_o say_v this_o roman_a empire_n be_v at_o last_o divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n as_o the_o greek_a empire_n be_v into_o four_n that_o these_o ten_o horn_n belong_v to_o the_o roman_a empire_n grotius_n himself_o be_v fain_o to_o acknowledge_v in_o his_o commentary_n on_o the_o apocalypse_n though_o with_o might_n and_o main_a he_o endeavour_v to_o distort_v and_o obscure_a the_o sense_n of_o that_o book_n to_o the_o utmost_a he_o can_v but_o by_o virtue_n of_o the_o apocalyptick_a synchronism_n and_o the_o clear_a and_o undeniable_a sense_n of_o the_o seventeen_o chapter_n of_o that_o book_n these_o ten_o horn_n must_v be_v the_o roman_a empire_n divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n after_o the_o empire_n become_v christian_n and_o be_v beginning_n to_o pagano-christianize_a and_o grow_v idolatrous_a again_o this_o therefore_o be_v the_o time_n and_o there_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n 8._o i_o consider_v the_o horn_n which_o be_v say_v by_o daniel_n to_o excite_v we_o to_o a_o close_a consideration_n of_o these_o horn_n to_o see_v what_o we_o can_v espy_v there_o and_o behold_v there_o come_v up_o among_o they_o another_o little_a horn._n and_o this_o more_o especial_o be_v the_o object_n of_o daniel_n and_o aught_o to_o be_v of_o our_o consideration_n what_o this_o little_a horn_n that_o be_v say_v to_o be_v another_o horn_n among_o they_o indeed_o but_o distinct_a from_o they_o may_v mean_v this_o little_a horn_n therefore_o be_v a_o additional_a to_o the_o ten_o horn_n here_o as_o the_o two-horned_a beast_n and_o the_o whore_n be_v additional_n to_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n apoc._n ch._n 13._o and_o 7._o which_o most_o peculiar_o be_v the_o papal_a polity_n or_o hierarchy_n now_o let_v we_o see_v how_o this_o suit_n with_o the_o text._n before_o who_o there_o be_v three_o of_o the_o first_o namely_o of_o the_o first_o kind_a and_o first_o mention_v viz._n secular_a horn_n pluckâ—…_n up_o by_o the_o root_n vatablus_n his_o translation_n have_v it_o out_o of_o the_o chaldee_n tria_fw-la autem_fw-la ex_fw-la cornibus_fw-la prioribus_fw-la evulsa_fw-la sunt_fw-la à _fw-la fancy_n ejus_fw-la whereby_o be_v signify_v only_o the_o removal_n from_o before_o his_o face_n they_o stand_v in_o his_o light_n it_o seem_v whereas_o they_o will_v have_v or_o have_v fix_v themselves_o so_o near_o he_o to_o his_o prejudice_n he_o make_v shift_v to_o get_v they_o pull_v away_o but_o this_o you_o must_v conceive_v can_v not_o be_v till_o the_o pope_n have_v ascend_v unto_o that_o rampancy_n of_o power_n that_o he_o will_v excommunicate_v emperor_n and_o depose_v they_o if_o need_n be_v or_o absolve_v their_o subject_n from_o allegiance_n and_o seize_v their_o land_n in_o which_o time_n the_o pope_n become_v the_o monarch_n as_o it_o be_v of_o the_o roman_a empire_n the_o emperor_n so_o call_v whether_o greek_n or_o german_a may_v well_o take_v their_o place_n among_o the_o ten_o horn_n especial_o the_o secular_a empire_n of_o old_a rome_n be_v dissolve_v which_o give_v the_o name_n or_o title_n to_o the_o roman_a empire_n as_o macedonia_n do_v to_o the_o macedonick_a empire_n this_o premise_a what_o mr._n mede_n say_v on_o this_o text_n be_v very_o agreeable_a that_o the_o three_o horn_n pull_v away_o from_o before_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v the_o power_n extend_v into_o italy_n of_o the_o greek_a emperor_n of_o the_o lombard_n and_o of_o the_o frank_n continue_v in_o the_o empire_n of_o germany_n all_o these_o three_o power_n or_o horn_n he_o make_v shift_v to_o rid_v himself_o of_o that_o he_o may_v the_o more_o easy_o domineer_v in_o italy_n without_o any_o corrival_n as_o be_v sufficient_o make_v out_o by_o history_n and_o behold_v in_o this_o horn_n be_v eye_n like_o the_o eye_n of_o a_o man_n this_o be_v another_o main_a observable_a in_o this_o little_a horn_n that_o it_o have_v eye_n when_o none_o of_o the_o rest_n be_v say_v to_o have_v so_o which_o be_v a_o notorious_a difference_n and_o huge_o significant_a of_o a_o power_n that_o will_v pretend_v to_o lead_v all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o horn_n as_o be_v themselves_o destitute_a of_o sight_n and_o the_o papal_a hierarchy_n how_o cunning_a and_o quick-sighted_a a_o polity_n it_o have_v be_v all_o history_n ring_v of_o it_o and_o how_o far_o they_o pretend_v and_o how_o active_a assistant_n they_o be_v even_o in_o civil_a affair_n but_o i_o conceive_v this_o do_v not_o exhaust_v all_o the_o meaning_n of_o these_o eye_n in_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o of_o the_o other_o horn_n have_v none_o which_o may_v more_o peculiar_o represent_v the_o difference_n betwixt_o this_o hierarchical_a power_n in_o the_o empire_n and_o the_o secular_a of_o the_o ten_o king_n who_o in_o matter_n of_o faith_n and_o religion_n be_v to_o have_v no_o eye_n of_o their_o own_o but_o to_o profess_v and_o believe_v as_o this_o horn_n who_o pretend_v to_o have_v the_o only_a eye_n tell_v they_o and_o to_o be_v lead_v in_o a_o blind_a implicit_a faith_n and_o profession_n of_o whatsoever_o this_o see_a horn_n declare_v to_o be_v article_n of_o the_o christian_a religion_n and_o requisite_a to_o salvation_n and_o this_o little_a horn_n have_v this_o thank_v upon_o they_o you_o may_v be_v sure_o will_v require_v they_o to_o believe_v such_o thing_n as_o tend_v
saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a that_o be_v the_o sentence_n be_v pronounce_v on_o their_o side_n god_n so_o general_o convince_a the_o world_n of_o the_o truth_n of_o their_o cause_n and_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n namely_o after_o the_o evidence_n of_o the_o truth_n of_o their_o cause_n be_v so_o well_o know_v to_o the_o world_n 23._o thus_o he_o say_v the_o four_o beast_n shall_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n upon_o earth_n namely_o the_o roman_a state_n or_o empire_n which_o shall_v be_v divers_a from_o all_o kingdom_n as_o have_v a_o political_a constitution_n different_a from_o they_o as_o have_v be_v note_v above_o the_o vulgar_a latin_a the_o septuagint_n and_o vatablus_n as_o also_o gasper_n sanctius_n read_v which_o shall_v be_v great_a than_o all_o kingdom_n namely_o than_o those_o three_o before_o name_v which_o therefore_o can_v be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n as_o grotius_n will_v have_v it_o if_o that_o read_n obtain_v and_o it_o have_v the_o start_n of_o the_o other_o for_o antiquity_n and_o shall_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n and_o shall_v tread_v it_o down_o and_o break_v it_o in_o piece_n which_o suit_n best_o of_o all_o with_o the_o sense_n of_o vatablus_n the_o vulgar_a latin_a and_o the_o septuagint_n for_o the_o great_a kingdom_n be_v the_o most_o able_a to_o do_v this_o 24._o and_o the_o ten_o horn_n out_o of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v the_o ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v the_o roman_a empire_n ver._n 7._o be_v describe_v under_o one_o interval_n of_o its_o period_n to_o have_v ten_o horn_n so_o that_o it_o be_v the_o same_o ten-horned_n beast_n that_o occur_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n and_o ver._n 8._o it_o be_v say_v that_o there_o come_v up_o among_o they_o another_o little_a horn_n which_o natural_o imply_v that_o it_o come_v up_o much_o about_o the_o same_o time_n with_o they_o though_o in_o what_o here_o follow_v it_o be_v say_v and_o another_o shall_v arise_v after_o they_o which_o be_v no_o contradiction_n to_o the_o former_a suppose_n in_o order_n he_o come_v up_o last_o so_o be_v it_o be_v not_o any_o considerable_a time_n after_o or_o be_v understand_v of_o his_o more_o sensible_a growth_n or_o palpable_a appearance_n though_o the_o hebrew_n word_n imply_v no_o necessity_n of_o signify_v any_o posteriority_n of_o time_n but_o that_o he_o may_v spring_v up_o with_o they_o and_o among_o they_o but_o in_o such_o a_o occult_a manner_n and_o so_o unaware_o as_o if_o he_o have_v steal_v his_o growth_n behind_o they_o for_o so_o the_o septuagint_n render_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a will_v bear_v that_o sense_n very_o well_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v order_n of_o place_n as_o well_o as_o of_o time_n according_o as_o the_o septuagint_n have_v translate_v it_o but_o the_o time_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n heal_v beast_n be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o church_n and_o he_o be_v actual_o ten-horned_n and_o heal_v at_o the_o same_o time_n for_o the_o crown_v ten_o horn_n which_o show_v their_o actual_a reign_n appear_v only_o on_o the_o heal_v beast_n head_n as_o i_o have_v note_v in_o my_o exposition_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v say_v to_o arise_v among_o they_o or_o with_o they_o though_o the_o other_o horn_n be_v not_o aware_a of_o he_o as_o have_v no_o eye_n though_o the_o little_a horn_n have_v the_o eye_n of_o a_o man_n of_o a_o cunning_a perspicacious_a politician_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o growth_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n begin_v with_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o church_n and_o so_o the_o little_a horn_n may_v well_o be_v suspect_v of_o help_v it_o on_o be_v most_o concern_v in_o matter_n of_o religion_n to_o manage_v they_o well_o or_o ill_o as_o be_v that_o sacerdotal_a polity_n or_o hierarchy_n as_o be_v intimate_v in_o what_o follow_v and_o he_o shall_v be_v divers_a from_o the_o first_o namely_o from_o the_o other_o ten_o horn_n they_o be_v laic_a or_o civil_a this_o ecclesiastic_a or_o spiritual_a for_o such_o be_v the_o papal_a power_n and_o under_o pretence_n of_o this_o ecclesiastic_a power_n he_o shall_v subdue_v three_o king_n the_o three_o king_n which_o he_o be_v say_v to_o humble_a subdue_v or_o supplant_v be_v as_o i_o have_v hint_v above_o those_o three_o who_o dominion_n extend_v into_o italy_n as_o that_o of_o the_o greek_a emperor_n leo_n isaurus_n who_o he_o excommunicate_v and_o make_v his_o subject_n of_o italy_n revolt_n from_o their_o allegiance_n because_o he_o be_v against_o image-worâ—…hip_a the_o other_o supplant_n or_o subdue_a be_v of_o the_o longobard_n who_o kingdom_n he_o cause_v by_o aid_n of_o the_o frank_n to_o be_v whole_o ruin_v thereby_o to_o get_v the_o exarchate_o of_o ravenna_n which_o since_o the_o revolt_n from_o the_o greek_n the_o longobard_n be_v seize_v on_o for_o a_o patrimony_n to_o s._n peter_n and_o the_o last_o of_o the_o three_o which_o he_o humble_v be_v the_o emperor_n of_o germany_n who_o from_o the_o day_n of_o henry_n the_o four_o he_o excommunicate_v depose_v and_o trample_v under_o his_o foot_n and_o never_o suffer_v to_o live_v in_o rest_n till_o he_o have_v make_v they_o quit_v their_o interest_n in_o election_n of_o pope_n and_o investiture_n of_o bishop_n and_o whatever_o remainder_n of_o jurisdiction_n they_o have_v in_o italy_n see_v mr._n mede_n epist._n 24._o thus_o do_v this_o horn_n with_o eye_n who_o look_n be_v more_o stout_a than_o his_o fellow_n 25._o and_o he_o namely_o the_o little_a horn_n shall_v speak_v great_a 〈◊〉_d against_o the_o most_o high_a it_o be_v right_o translate_v great_a word_n because_o that_o phrase_n touch_v the_o little_a horn_n have_v be_v use_v so_o oft_o already_o ver._n 8._o 11._o 20._o where_o either_o great_a thing_n or_o great_a word_n occur_v and_o there_o can_v be_v a_o more_o fit_a and_o authentic_a commentary_n on_o these_o passage_n than_o that_o in_o the_o apocalypse_n ch._n 13._o v._n 5_o 6._o and_o there_o be_v give_v unto_o he_o a_o mouth_n speak_v great_a thing_n and_o blasphemy_n where_o great_a thing_n be_v expound_v by_o blasphemy_n and_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n he_o show_v how_o these_o blasphemy_n be_v against_o god_n the_o most_o high_a many_o example_n whereof_o i_o have_v give_v above_o upon_o verse_n 8._o and_o he_o open_v his_o mouth_n in_o blasphemy_n against_o god_n to_o blaspheme_v his_o name_n his_o authority_n and_o title_n and_o his_o tabernacle_n and_o they_o that_o dwell_v in_o heaven_n the_o ten-horned_n beast_n be_v say_v here_o to_o reproach_v they_o by_o allow_v authorise_a and_o enforce_v against_o the_o decree_n and_o authority_n of_o god_n which_o be_v also_o a_o blaspheme_n of_o his_o name_n those_o blasphemous_a decree_n of_o the_o two_o horn_a beast_n which_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o little_a horn_n they_o be_v both_o the_o papal_a polity_n or_o hierarchy_n the_o ecclesiastic_a authority_n not_o the_o laic_a or_o secular_a for_o image-worship_n for_o saint-worship_n and_o worship_n of_o angel_n and_o for_o transubstantiation_n which_o be_v a_o reproach_n to_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o god_n the_o body_n of_o christ_n see_v the_o place_n in_o my_o exposition_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n it_o be_v sufficient_a here_o to_o note_v how_o well_o the_o deed_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n suit_n with_o those_o of_o the_o ten-horned_n heal_v beast_n who_o be_v but_o the_o abettor_n and_o executioner_n of_o what_o the_o two-horned_a beast_n will_v have_v and_o therefore_o when_o it_o be_v say_v the_o little_a horn_n here_o speak_v great_a word_n against_o the_o most_o high_a it_o be_v all_o one_o as_o if_o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n nor_o be_v it_o any_o repugnancy_n to_o understand_v it_o of_o they_o both_o for_o this_o which_o be_v say_v of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n be_v to_o be_v look_v upon_o as_o the_o mere_a echo_n of_o the_o draconick_a voice_n of_o the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n so_o agreeable_a in_o every_o point_n be_v daniel_n with_o the_o apocalypse_n and_o shall_v 〈◊〉_d out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a by_o imprisonment_n confiscation_n of_o good_n by_o burn_n croysade_n and_o massacre_n upon_o which_o this_o little_a horn_n will_v put_v the_o ten_o horn_n as_o his_o occasion_n require_v as_o be_v also_o note_a apoc._n ch._n 13._o v._n 7._o and_o in_o this_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n ver_fw-la 21._o and_o think_v to_o change_v time_n and_o lawâ—…_n to_o alter_v the_o primitive_a simplicity_n of_o the_o christian_a religion_n into_o a_o constitution_n that_o best_o serve_v the_o interest_n of_o his_o papal_a kingdom_n and_o the_o increase_a the_o revenue_n and_o the_o power_n of_o holy_a church_n as_o they_o
call_v it_o all_o superstition_n never_o so_o idolatrous_a all_o doctrine_n never_o so_o monstrous_a shall_v pass_v into_o a_o law_n and_o decree_n if_o they_o serve_v this_o end_n for_o the_o papal_a omnipotency_n have_v a_o power_n to_o make_v what_o law_n and_o institutes_n he_o please_v all_o edict_n and_o decree_n lodge_v in_o the_o cabinet_n of_o his_o own_o breast_n whence_o he_o may_v produce_v what_o he_o please_v if_o you_o will_v believe_v his_o canonist_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v give_v into_o his_o hand_n for_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o the_o divide_n of_o a_o time_n or_o half_o a_o time_n i.e._n and_o they_o shall_v be_v establish_v authorize_v and_o enforce_v by_o the_o secular_a power_n of_o the_o ten_o hornâ—…d_a beast_n as_o be_v observe_v above_o to_o who_o apoc._n 13._o 5._o power_n be_v give_v to_o continue_v forty_o and_o two_o month_n which_o be_v just_a the_o same_o time_n with_o daniel_n time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n in_o the_o literal_a sense_n each_o of_o the_o sum_n amount_v to_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a a_o piece_n or_o 1260_o day_n but_o in_o the_o prophetical_a style_n they_o signify_v so_o many_o year_n and_o that_o they_o be_v prophetical_a â—â—ys_v not_o vulgar_a i_o have_v invincible_o prove_v in_o my_o 〈◊〉_d prophetica_fw-la book_n 2._o ch._n 5._o see_v also_o my_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n book_n 5._o ch._n 15._o wherefore_o it_o be_v high_o rational_a to_o conceive_v the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n to_o synchronize_v with_o all_o the_o middle_a synchronal_n of_o the_o apâ—…calypse_n so_o that_o we_o may_v know_v plain_o where_o we_o be_v 26._o but_o the_o â—…udgment_n shall_v sit_v namely_o to_o judge_v the_o little_a horn_n or_o papal_a hierarchy_n which_o be_v the_o two-horned_a beast_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n or_o the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n to_o this_o allude_v that_o say_n of_o the_o angel_n apoc._n 17._o and_o there_o come_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o angel_n which_o have_v the_o seven_o vial_n and_o talk_v with_o i_o say_v unto_o i_o i_o will_v show_v unto_o thou_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o great_a whâ—…re_n that_o sit_v upon_o many_o water_n with_o who_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n have_v commit_v fornication_n and_o part_n of_o this_o judgement_n be_v menace_v against_o she_o in_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o church_n in_o thyatira_n apoc._n 2._o 20._o under_o the_o name_n of_o jezebel_n who_o call_v herself_o a_o prophetess_n but_o seduce_v christ_n servant_n to_o commit_v fornication_n and_o to_o eat_v thing_n sacrifice_v unto_o idol_n which_o prophetess_n so_o call_v by_o herself_o be_v the_o papal_a hierarchy_n who_o boast_v themselves_o infallible_a but_o judgement_n be_v menace_v against_o they_o ver._n 22._o behold_v i_o will_v cast_v she_o into_o a_o bed_n and_o they_o that_o commit_v adultery_n with_o she_o into_o great_a tribulation_n if_o they_o do_v not_o repent_v of_o their_o deed_n which_o judgement_n fall_v upon_o she_o in_o the_o happy_a reformation_n when_o so_o many_o kingdom_n and_o country_n desert_v the_o pope_n and_o likewise_o in_o the_o song_n of_o the_o rise_v witness_n ch._n 15._o v._n 4._o who_o shall_v not_o fear_v thou_o o_o lord_n and_o glorify_v thy_o name_n for_o thou_o only_o be_v holy_a for_o all_o nation_n shall_v come_v and_o worship_v before_o thou_o for_o thy_o judgement_n be_v make_v manifest_a and_o this_o be_v the_o former_a part_n of_o the_o execution_n of_o the_o sentence_n against_o the_o little_a horn_n or_o great_a whore_n but_o the_o execution_n go_v on_o in_o the_o seven_o vial_n and_o they_o shall_v take_v away_o his_o dominion_n to_o consume_v and_o destroy_v it_o unto_o the_o end_n that_o be_v by_o that_o time_n all_o the_o vial_n be_v pour_v out_o upon_o the_o two-horned_a beast_n the_o little_a horn_n with_o eye_n or_o the_o false_a prophet_n his_o dominion_n shall_v be_v quite_o destroy_v and_o consume_v which_o be_v the_o second_o part_n of_o the_o doom_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o will_v be_v complete_v under_o the_o seven_o vial_n with_o which_o the_o vision_n of_o that_o divine_a heros_n on_o the_o white_a horse_n with_o a_o sword_n come_v out_o of_o his_o mouth_n do_v contemporize_v which_o sword_n out_o of_o his_o mouth_n answer_v to_o the_o fiery_a stream_n out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n and_o both_o to_o that_o of_o s._n paul_n 2_o thess._n 2._o where_o he_o say_v that_o the_o lord_n shall_v consume_v the_o man_n of_o sin_n by_o the_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n and_o destroy_v he_o with_o the_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n as_o i_o have_v note_v above_o now_o as_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v doom_v to_o destruction_n from_o whence_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n be_v call_v the_o son_n of_o perdition_n 2_o thess._n 2._o by_o this_o divine_a consistory_n which_o be_v one_o part_n of_o their_o act_n in_o this_o session_n so_o that_o ample_a and_o everlasting_a kingdom_n that_o succeed_v the_o destruction_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v adjudge_v to_o the_o true_o apostolic_a catholic_n church_n of_o who_o christ_n alone_o be_v head_n which_o be_v the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o act_n of_o this_o session_n and_o which_o alone_o be_v take_v notice_n of_o apoc._n 20._o 4._o the_o other_o part_n have_v be_v take_v notice_n of_o ch._n 17._o and_o 18._o 27._o and_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a this_o be_v that_o other_o part_n of_o the_o sentence_n pronounce_v by_o that_o divine_a sanhedrim_n in_o the_o behalf_n of_o the_o true_a church_n that_o have_v be_v afflict_v and_o oppress_v so_o long_o under_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n the_o true_a church_n then_o consist_v of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n will_v overspread_v all_o this_o be_v to_o be_v accomplish_v under_o the_o second_o and_o three_o thunder_n and_o i_o think_v no_o body_n can_v doubt_v but_o that_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a be_v the_o true_o catholic_n and_o apostolic_a church_n if_o he_o consider_v the_o description_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n and_o the_o most_o high_a be_v christ_n who_o there_o be_v term_v king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o lord_n and_o the_o messiah_n will_v be_v acknowledge_v in_o those_o day_n to_o be_v such_o both_o by_o jew_n and_o gentile_n this_o answer_n to_o that_o of_o apoc._n 20._o 4._o and_o i_o see_v throne_n and_o they_o sit_v upon_o they_o and_o judgement_n be_v give_v unto_o they_o and_o the_o result_n be_v they_o that_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o beast_n neither_o his_o image_n etc._n etc._n they_o live_v and_o reign_v with_o christ_n a_o thousand_o year_n acknowledge_v he_o the_o only_a universal_a head_n of_o the_o church_n this_o will_v be_v the_o true_o holy_a catholic_n church_n of_o christ_n as_o they_o be_v here_o call_v the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a who_o be_v kingdom_n be_v a_o everlasting_a kingdom_n not_o to_o end_v upon_o earth_n till_o the_o last_o thunder_n or_o conflagration_n according_a to_o the_o tenor_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n and_o all_o dominion_n shall_v serve_v and_o obey_v he_o all_o nation_n and_o kingdom_n shall_v willing_o submit_v themselves_o to_o and_o enjoy_v themselves_o in_o this_o mighty_o extend_v and_o overspread_a kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n which_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n have_v assign_v to_o he_o which_o well_o may_v be_v call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o counterdistinction_n to_o those_o other_o four_o kingdom_n that_o be_v set_v out_o by_o â—…ruel_a raven_a beast_n â—…earing_v and_o trample_v all_o under_o their_o foot_n and_o force_v man_n to_o blind_a obedience_n with_o savage_a violence_n as_o be_v usual_a in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n or_o little_a horn_n with_o eye_n that_o will_v let_v no_o body_n see_v but_o himself_o whenas_o the_o true_a church_n of_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n as_o the_o four_o beast_n or_o rather_o wight_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n be_v all_o full_a of_o eye_n within_o and_o without_o and_o certain_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n will_v be_v a_o kingdom_n of_o unaffected_a prudence_n defecate_a reason_n and_o holy_a love_n for_o this_o be_v the_o true_a man_n the_o rest_n in_o we_o be_v but_o common_a to_o we_o with_o the_o brute_n and_o therefore_o of_o such_o shall_v consist_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o son_n of_o man_n as_o he_o perpetual_o call_v himself_o after_o the_o abolition_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n 28._o hitherto_o be_v the_o end_n of_o the_o matter_n namely_o the_o matter_n the_o angel_n communicate_v to_o he_o by_o way_n of_o interpretation_n
the_o exceed_a numerous_a army_n of_o darius_n be_v put_v to_o flight_n from_o whence_o the_o city_n by_o alexander_n be_v after_o call_v nicopolis_n but_o he_o cast_v he_o down_o to_o the_o ground_n and_o stamp_v upon_o he_o for_o all_o darius_n bring_v out_o a_o far_o more_o numerous_a army_n against_o he_o this_o last_o time_n than_o before_o yet_o alexander_n quite_o vanquish_v he_o and_o the_o whole_a strength_n of_o his_o kingdom_n at_o arbela_n a_o city_n of_o assyria_n and_o there_o be_v none_o that_o can_v deliver_v the_o ram_n out_o of_o his_o hand_n nay_o the_o terror_n of_o alexander_n be_v such_o that_o it_o cause_v darius_n his_o own_o near_a friend_n to_o betray_v he_o and_o so_o alexander_n be_v make_v master_n of_o the_o whole_a medo-persian_a empire_n 8._o therefore_o the_o he-goat_n wax_v very_o great_a that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_n be_v exceed_o enlarge_v by_o this_o accession_n of_o the_o medo-persian_a empire_n add_v thereunto_o by_o alexander_n the_o great_a deserve_o so_o call_v for_o thus_o enlarge_n his_o empire_n and_o when_o he_o be_v strong_a as_o have_v all_o this_o power_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n add_v to_o his_o own_o the_o great_a horn_n be_v break_v this_o alexander_n the_o great_a for_o all_o his_o greatness_n die_v and_o that_o a_o immature_n and_o violent_a death_n in_o the_o very_a flower_n of_o his_o age_n at_o about_o the_o thirty_o second_o or_o thirty_o three_o year_n thereof_o and_o that_o by_o poison_n as_o historian_n record_v and_o after_o this_o great_a horn_n of_o the_o goat_n be_v break_v for_o it_o come_v up_o four_o notable_a one_o not_o in_o comparison_n of_o the_o first_o great_a one_o that_o be_v break_v but_o in_o comparison_n of_o the_o rest_n of_o alexander_n captain_n among_o who_o the_o empire_n be_v divide_v after_o his_o death_n but_o in_o that_o there_o be_v not_o the_o least_o mention_n or_o intimation_n of_o any_o more_o than_o one_o goat_n it_o be_v gross_a delirancy_n for_o any_o one_o to_o imagine_v the_o horn_n here_o mention_v to_o belong_v to_o any_o other_o but_o to_o he_o whence_o it_o be_v as_o clear_a as_o noonday_n that_o all_o the_o horn_n here_o mention_v signify_v particular_a sovereignty_n there_o be_v in_o the_o mean_a time_n but_o one_o beast_n mention_v which_o necessary_o imply_v but_o one_o empire_n state_n or_o kingdom_n that_o all_o these_o particular_a sovereignty_n must_v be_v the_o sovereignty_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o state_n or_o empire_n which_o the_o goat_n signify_v which_o be_v the_o greek_a empire_n the_o four_o notable_a horn_n whereof_o here_o aim_v at_o i_o conceive_v be_v *_o ptolemaeus_n the_o son_n of_o lagus_n sovereign_a of_o egypt_n lysimachus_n of_o thracia_n antigonus_n of_o asia_n and_o cassander_n the_o son_n of_o antipater_n sovereign_a of_o macedonia_n towards_o the_o four_o wind_n of_o heaven_n that_o be_v east_n west_n north_n and_o south_n egypt_n lie_v in_o the_o south_n thracia_n in_o the_o north_n macedonia_n in_o the_o west_n and_o asia_n in_o the_o east_n if_o we_o compare_v the_o situation_n of_o these_o four_o principality_n one_o with_o another_o 9_o and_o out_o of_o one_o of_o they_o come_v forth_o a_o little_a horn_n which_o wax_v exceed_a great_a this_o can_v be_v understand_v restrain_o of_o the_o particular_a person_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n *_o but_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n commence_v from_o seleucus_n satrapa_n or_o perfect_a of_o babylon_n who_o be_v none_o of_o the_o four_o notable_a horn_n but_o himself_o be_v less_o notable_a grow_v up_o by_o the_o favour_n of_o one_o especial_o of_o the_o most_o notable_a one_o namely_o king_n ptolemy_n to_o who_o he_o make_v his_o address_n when_o antigonus_n will_v have_v turn_v he_o out_o of_o his_o prefecture_n as_o you_o may_v see_v in_o diodorus_n siculus_n but_o this_o little_a horn_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n which_o rise_v from_o such_o small_a beginning_n late_a than_o the_o rest_n grow_v afterward_o very_o great_a first_o antigonus_z king_n of_o asia_n be_v vanquish_v and_o slay_v seleucus_n and_o ptolemy_n divide_v the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o spoil_n betwixt_o they_o and_o seleucus_n afterward_o demetrius_n poliorcetes_n the_o son_n of_o antigonus_n be_v take_v by_o he_o he_o get_v to_o himself_o the_o empire_n of_o syria_n and_o asia_n so_o exceed_v great_a do_v this_o little_a horn_n grow_v in_o seleucus_n his_o time_n but_o nothing_o comparable_a to_o this_o in_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n he_o towards_o the_o south_n and_o towards_o the_o east_n this_o little_a horn_n so_o call_v from_o its_o small_a beginning_n as_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o be_v be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o whole_a continuation_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n or_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o king_n of_o syria_n or_o assyria_n as_o helvicus_n style_v they_o and_o so_o the_o vision_n be_v to_o be_v apply_v to_o such_o part_n of_o the_o succession_n as_o it_o fit_v with_o and_o therefore_o this_o part_n may_v point_v more_o particular_o to_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n who_o towards_o the_o east_n overcome_v artaxias_n king_n of_o armenia_n and_o have_v overrun_v egypt_n also_o in_o the_o south_n but_o that_o at_o his_o siege_n of_o alexandria_n the_o roman_a legate_n popilius_n intercede_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o senate_n and_o circumscribe_v he_o so_o that_o he_o dare_v proceed_v no_o further_o but_o retrocede_v from_o his_o enterprise_n on_o egypt_n as_o you_o may_v see_v in_o justin._n and_o towards_o the_o pleasant_a land_n the_o hebrew_n word_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o signify_v what_o be_v beautiful_a fair_a and_o pleasant_a all_o interpreter_n understand_v it_o of_o the_o land_n of_o judea_n this_o be_v the_o character_n of_o that_o land_n in_o holy_a scripture_n as_o psal._n 38._o the_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n be_v say_v to_o be_v beautiful_a for_o situation_n and_o the_o joy_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n and_o ezec._n 20._o 6._o the_o land_n of_o judea_n be_v describe_v as_o a_o land_n flow_v with_o milk_n and_o honey_n and_o as_o the_o glory_n of_o all_o land_n not_o but_o that_o judea_n belong_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o syria_n or_o of_o the_o seleucidae_n before_o but_o that_o there_o be_v here_o a_o peculiar_a occasion_n of_o mention_v it_o because_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v disappoint_v of_o his_o purpose_n on_o egypt_n and_o alexandria_n make_v present_o after_o towards_o judea_n to_o vent_v his_o choler_n upon_o they_o nor_o do_v i_o deny_v though_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o its_o more_o general_a sense_n take_v in_o the_o whole_a succession_n of_o the_o king_n of_o syria_n but_o that_o yet_o it_o may_v more_o peculiarly_a aim_n at_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n *_o which_o be_v the_o genius_n of_o the_o prophetic_a style_n to_o give_v as_o it_o be_v two_o stroke_n at_o once_o and_o under_o one_o figure_n to_o represent_v both_o the_o general_a state_n of_o the_o thing_n and_o also_o some_o more_o special_a part_n thereof_o alone_o and_o here_o that_o may_v lucky_o come_v in_o of_o grotius_n who_o understand_v the_o horn_n out_o of_o which_o the_o little_a horn_n come_v to_o be_v antiochus_n magnus_n the_o father_n of_o epiphanes_n and_o epiphanes_n to_o be_v call_v little_a because_o he_o be_v modicae_fw-la primùm_fw-la fortunae_fw-la privatus_fw-la &_o romae_fw-la obses_fw-la of_o a_o mean_a fortune_n at_o first_o in_o a_o private_a condition_n and_o a_o hostage_n at_o rome_n 10._o and_o it_o wax_v great_a even_o to_o the_o host_n of_o heaven_n that_o be_v so_o far_o that_o it_o fight_v against_o the_o people_n of_o god_n the_o israel_n of_o god_n who_o god_n be_v call_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n of_o which_o his_o own_o people_n be_v peculiar_o a_o part_n and_o may_v be_v say_v to_o have_v keep_v garrison_n as_o it_o be_v in_o jerusalem_n the_o temple_n be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o main_a fortress_n thereof_o and_o grotius_n understand_v it_o peculiarly_a of_o the_o levite_n there_o watch_v and_o it_o cast_v down_o some_o of_o the_o host_n that_o be_v antiochus_z pervert_v some_o of_o the_o priest_n and_o levite_n and_o of_o the_o jew_n in_o general_a to_o forsake_v the_o law_n and_o to_o observe_v the_o custom_n of_o the_o heathen_n as_o you_o may_v see_v in_o the_o book_n of_o maccabee_n at_o large_a and_o of_o the_o star_n to_o the_o ground_n even_o some_o of_o those_o that_o be_v or_o shall_v have_v be_v great_a light_n to_o the_o people_n by_o reason_n of_o their_o learnedness_n in_o the_o law_n be_v pervert_v and_o precipitate_v into_o a_o compliance_n with_o the_o heathenish_a rite_n and_o custom_n and_o stamp_v upon_o they_o tread_v they_o into_o the_o very_a dirt_n and_o mire_n at_o last_o of_o abominable_a profanation_n 11._o yea_o he_o magnify_v himself_o even_o to_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o
shall_v continue_v upon_o god_n people_n it_o be_v plain_a the_o time_n be_v to_o be_v reduce_v into_o year_n and_o so_o by_o the_o answer_n may_v be_v signify_v there_o will_v be_v six_o year_n or_o thereabout_a which_o may_v comprehend_v the_o first_o come_v of_o antiochus_n into_o judea_n when_o the_o priesthood_n be_v profane_v as_o also_o his_o second_o his_o interdict_v the_o judaic_a rite_n the_o place_v the_o idol_n in_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o intermission_n of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n so_o grotius_n express_o upon_o the_o place_n but_o from_o the_o time_n of_o that_o gross_a profanation_n of_o the_o temple_n when_o antiochus_n his_o soldier_n set_v a_o heathenish_a altar_n in_o the_o sanctuary_n and_o sacrifice_a swine_n flesh_n on_o it_o till_o antiochus_n eupator_n grant_v the_o jew_n the_o free_a use_n of_o their_o religion_n and_o temple_n thomas_n lydiat_a reckon_v about_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a which_o may_v give_v a_o glance_n be_v prophetical_o understand_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o true_a antichrist_n chap._n 7._o as_o to_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o entireness_n of_o his_o kingdom_n then_o shall_v the_o sanctuary_n be_v cleanse_v at_o least_o by_o that_o time_n it_o shall_v be_v cleanse_v 15._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o i_o even_o i_o daniel_n have_v see_v the_o uision_n and_o seek_v for_o the_o meaning_n he_o pray_v in_o his_o heart_n that_o he_o may_v understand_v it_o then_o behold_v there_o stand_v before_o i_o as_o the_o appearance_n of_o a_o man._n a_o angel_n external_o visible_a to_o he_o in_o humane_a shape_n for_o this_o be_v not_o a_o dream_n or_o night-vision_n but_o a_o day-vision_n as_o i_o observe_v out_o of_o grotius_n in_o the_o beginning_n 16._o and_o i_o hear_v a_o man_n voice_n between_o the_o bank_n of_o ulai_n the_o river_n vlaeus_n that_o run_v by_o susa_n betwixt_o the_o bank_n of_o this_o river_n he_o hear_v the_o voice_n of_o palmoni_n or_o christ_n who_o since_o he_o can_v walk_v on_o the_o water_n when_o he_o be_v in_o the_o flesh_n may_v well_o appear_v betwixt_o the_o bank_n of_o vlai_n in_o the_o air_n or_o upon_o the_o water_n and_o there_o speak_v in_o a_o man_n voice_n before_o he_o be_v incarnate_a which_o call_v and_o say_v gabriel_n make_v this_o man_n understand_v the_o uision_n the_o give_v this_o command_n to_o gabriel_n show_v that_o this_o palmoni_n be_v no_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d any_o ordinary_a angel_n but_o this_o and_o what_o be_v abovesaid_a may_v well_o assure_v we_o that_o it_o be_v the_o prince_n of_o angel_n yea_o christ_n himself_o if_o we_o add_v what_o will_v occur_v in_o the_o ten_o chapter_n 17._o so_o he_o come_v near_o where_o i_o stand_v and_o when_o he_o come_v i_o be_v afraid_a and_o may_v have_v be_v more_o astonish_v if_o palmoni_n himself_o have_v come_v so_o near_o he_o when_o he_o can_v not_o bear_v the_o presence_n of_o one_o of_o his_o minister_n and_o fall_v on_o my_o face_n through_o very_a astonishment_n my_o spirit_n fail_v in_o i_o but_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o understand_v o_o son_n of_o man_n that_o be_v be_v attentive_a and_o diligent_a to_o conceive_v what_o i_o say_v for_o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n shall_v be_v the_o uision_n though_o it_o be_v long_o even_o about_o 400_o year_n till_o this_o of_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v fulfil_v in_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n yet_o at_o the_o end_n for_o a_o certain_a the_o vision_n will_v be_v accomplish_v to_o say_v nothing_o how_o its_o antitype_n at_o another_o time_n of_o the_o end_n even_o during_o the_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n will_v have_v its_o completion_n too_o 18._o now_o as_o he_o be_v speak_v with_o i_o namely_o at_o the_o hear_n of_o his_o voice_n i_o be_v as_o much_o astound_v thereat_o as_o before_o at_o his_o sight_n and_o so_o sink_v down_o fall_v upon_o my_o face_n my_o spirit_n retire_v as_o in_o those_o that_o be_v in_o a_o deep_a sopor_fw-la as_o if_o they_o be_v half_o dead_a and_o therefore_o our_o english_a translation_n be_v not_o so_o exact_a that_o render_v the_o follow_a word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i_o be_v in_o a_o deep_a sleep_n on_o my_o face_n towards_o the_o ground_n vatablus_n have_v it_o sopore_fw-la correptus_fw-la cecidi_fw-la in_o faciem_fw-la 〈◊〉_d in_fw-la terram_fw-la and_o calvin_n sopitus_fw-la corrui_fw-la etc._n etc._n and_o the_o vulgar_a latin_a collapsus_fw-la sum_fw-la pronus_fw-la in_o terram_fw-la which_o therefore_o signify_v a_o sound_a fit_n that_o take_v he_o at_o the_o hear_n the_o voice_n of_o the_o angel_n hence_o daniel_n be_v conclude_v to_o have_v fall_v twice_o to_o the_o ground_n the_o first_o time_n at_o the_o sight_n the_o second_o at_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o angel_n say_v maldonat_a which_o natural_o imply_v that_o save_v in_o these_o sound_a fit_n daniel_n be_v perfect_o awake_a and_o that_o this_o vision_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d proper_o so_o call_v a_o day-vision_n not_o a_o night-vision_n or_o divine_a dream_n but_o he_o touch_v i_o and_o set_v i_o upright_o the_o hebrew_n be_v he_o make_v i_o stand_v upon_o my_o stand_n that_o be_v by_o his_o touch_n he_o enable_v i_o to_o stand_v upon_o my_o foot_n again_o so_o great_a virtue_n be_v there_o in_o it_o and_o no_o wonder_n that_o the_o aethereal_a and_o vivifical_a body_n or_o vehicle_n of_o a_o angel_n which_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o the_o marvellous_a energy_n thereof_o actuate_v also_o by_o so_o holy_a a_o inhabitant_n shall_v raise_v daniel_n fall_v into_o a_o sound_n unto_o life_n again_o when_o holy_a soul_n even_o in_o their_o terrestrial_a tenement_n have_v do_v such_o marvellous_a cure_n and_o by_o the_o application_n of_o their_o own_o body_n have_v raise_v they_o to_o life_n that_o have_v be_v take_v to_o be_v dead_a as_o elisha_n do_v in_o the_o widow_n child_n and_o paul_n in_o eutychus_n and_o here_o we_o see_v the_o angel_n gabriel_n christ_n appear_v in_o humane_a shape_n by_o way_n of_o prelude_n to_o his_o incarnation_n to_o have_v a_o preludious_a mission_n as_o of_o a_o apostle_n to_o preach_v to_o daniel_n and_o to_o instruct_v he_o and_o to_o do_v miracle_n also_o as_o the_o apostle_n do_v for_o this_o be_v a_o privilege_n of_o the_o minister_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n the_o malcuth_n of_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n which_o be_v the_o ten_o sephirah_n with_o the_o cabalist_n as_o geburah_n the_o five_o the_o topick_n of_o the_o power_n belong_v to_o that_o kingdom_n of_o which_o do_v miracle_n be_v one_o and_o gabriel_n here_o the_o angel_n his_o name_n signify_v the_o power_n of_o god_n or_o the_o strength_n of_o god_n 19_o and_o he_o say_v behold_v i_o will_v make_v thou_o know_v what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o last_o end_n of_o the_o indignation_n for_o this_o prediction_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n in_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n against_o his_o people_n and_o the_o rage_a tyranny_n of_o antiochus_n over_o they_o be_v the_o main_a drift_n of_o this_o vision_n and_o here_o the_o angel_n promise_v to_o tell_v what_o shall_v come_v at_o the_o end_n thereof_o which_o he_o do_v ver._n 25._o that_o he_o shall_v be_v break_v without_o hand_n for_o at_o the_o time_n appoint_v the_o end_n shall_v be_v all_o time_n and_o affair_n be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o god_n and_o he_o can_v determine_v as_o he_o please_v and_o at_o his_o appoint_a time_n the_o heat_n of_o those_o persecution_n and_o oppression_n of_o the_o jew_n under_o antiochus_n shall_v have_v a_o end_n they_o be_v not_o to_o last_o pass_v 2300_o day_n as_o be_v declare_v above_o by_o palmoni_n that_o prince_n of_o angel_n and_o man_n and_o of_o israel_n especial_o 20._o the_o ram_n which_o thou_o see_v have_v two_o horn_n be_v the_o king_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n that_o be_v the_o whole_a race_n of_o those_o king_n from_o cyrus_n to_o darius_n codomannus_n as_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v from_o ver._n 4._o where_o the_o ram_n be_v say_v to_o push_v westward_o and_o northward_o and_o southward_o which_o be_v not_o perform_v by_o any_o one_o king_n but_o by_o the_o succession_n for_o that_o typical_a ram_n say_v gasper_n sanctius_n rush_v out_o of_o persis_n a_o oriental_a quarter_n and_o turn_v himself_o to_o the_o south_n assault_v egypt_n aethiopia_n and_o libya_n to_o the_o north_n pontus_n scythia_n and_o cappadocia_n and_o turn_v himself_o to_o the_o west_n he_o make_v himself_o master_n of_o the_o babylonian_n assyrian_n i_o suppose_v he_o mean_v syrian_n and_o the_o isle_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a these_o thing_n be_v not_o perform_v by_o one_o king_n but_o by_o the_o succession_n and_o grotius_n particularize_v for_o the_o main_a for_o upon_o towards_o the_o west_n
the_o persian_n say_v he_o under_o darius_n the_o son_n of_o hystaspis_n and_o xerxes_n make_v war_n upon_o greece_n towards_o the_o north_n the_o say_v darius_n make_v war_n against_o the_o scythian_n towards_o the_o south_n cambyses_n invade_v egypt_n and_o aethiopia_n as_o i_o note_v above_o so_o evident_a be_v it_o that_o the_o whole_a succession_n be_v understand_v of_o the_o king_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n by_o the_o ram_n together_o with_o their_o kingdom_n whence_o it_o be_v reasonable_a that_o by_o the_o goat_n the_o whole_a succession_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n shall_v be_v understand_v in_o like_a manner_n 21._o and_o the_o rough_a goat_n be_v the_o king_n of_o grecia_n hic_fw-la rex_fw-la pro_fw-la regno_fw-la ponitur_fw-la hebraicâ_fw-la locutione_n quae_fw-la talia_fw-la permiscet_fw-la say_v grotius_n and_o i_o say_v the_o rough_a goat_n be_v the_o king_n of_o graecia_n together_o with_o their_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n that_o be_v the_o whole_a succession_n of_o their_o king_n with_o their_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n but_o now_o for_o the_o rough_a goat_n as_o he_o be_v here_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o hirsute_n or_o long-haired_n goat_n and_o consequent_o long-bearded_a which_o above_o be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o interpreter_n make_v to_o be_v a_o young_a goat_n and_o refer_v it_o to_o the_o youngness_n of_o alexander_n when_o he_o undertake_v this_o expedition_n against_o darius_n to_o win_v the_o eastern_a monarchy_n i_o do_v not_o see_v but_o this_o long-bearded_a goat_n as_o he_o be_v here_o describe_v may_v have_v reference_n to_o alexander_n army_n it_o consist_v of_o old_a soldier_n as_o justin_n describe_v they_o the_o leaders_z especial_o ordines_fw-la quoque_fw-la nemo_fw-la nisi_fw-la sexagenarius_fw-la duxit_fw-la ut_fw-la si_fw-la principia_fw-la castrorum_fw-la cerneres_fw-la senatum_fw-la te_fw-la alicujus_fw-la priscae_fw-la reipublicae_fw-la videre_fw-la diceres_fw-la none_o say_v justin_n lead_v the_o file_n unless_o he_o be_v threescore_o year_n old_a so_o that_o if_o you_o view_v the_o forepart_n of_o the_o army_n you_o will_v take_v they_o to_o be_v the_o senate_n of_o some_o ancient_a commonwealth_n these_o long-bearded_a sexagenarii_n appear_v in_o the_o before_o part_n of_o the_o army_n as_o the_o goat_n beard_n go_v before_o the_o rest_n of_o his_o body_n but_o at_o least_o the_o condition_n of_o alexander_n army_n consist_v so_o much_o of_o old_a soldier_n may_v very_o well_o be_v prefigure_v by_o this_o long-haired_n or_o long-bearded_a goat_n and_o the_o great_a horn_n that_o be_v between_o his_o eye_n be_v the_o first_o king_n this_o first_o king_n be_v most_o manifest_o alexander_n the_o great_a a_o thing_n that_o no_o man_n ever_o deny_v and_o he_o be_v the_o first_o horn_n of_o the_o goat_n or_o first_o king_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n from_o whence_o it_o necessary_o follow_v that_o there_o must_v be_v other_o horn_n and_o other_o king_n to_o succeed_v in_o this_o body_n of_o the_o goat_n or_o greek_a empire_n this_o be_v so_o plain_a that_o grotius_n himself_o do_v allow_v it_o upon_o ver._n 8._o that_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o leopard_n as_o he_o call_v they_o he_o have_v better_a say_v head_n belong_v to_o the_o greek_a empire_n that_o be_v to_o the_o three_o empire_n and_o consequent_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o goat_n thus_o much_o grotius_n whether_o he_o will_v or_o no_o be_v force_v to_o allow_v though_o upon_o chap._n 2._o he_o seem_v to_o endeavour_v to_o avoid_v it_o 22._o now_o that_o be_v break_v whereas_o four_o stand_v up_o for_o it_o four_o kingdom_n shall_v stand_v up_o out_o of_o the_o nation_n namely_o out_o of_o the_o greek_a nation_n these_o four_o kingdom_n into_o which_o alexander_n empire_n be_v divide_v grotius_n be_v force_v to_o confess_v as_o to_o the_o first_o king_n of_o they_o or_o head_n of_o they_o that_o they_o belong_v to_o the_o leopard_n or_o goat_n the_o three_o monarchy_n now_o what_o a_o miserable_a and_o unnatural_a divulsion_n be_v there_o that_o the_o successor_n of_o antigonus_n suppose_v of_o ptolemaeus_n lagi_n of_o cassander_n and_o lysimachus_n shall_v be_v tear_v off_o as_o it_o be_v from_o their_o predecessor_n in_o their_o four_o kingdom_n respective_a to_o make_v a_o distinct_a empire_n from_o the_o greek_a which_o be_v as_o mad_a and_o extravagant_a as_o to_o cut_v off_o the_o leopard_n and_o goat_n head_n with_o their_o horn_n to_o make_v two_o goat_n and_o two_o leopard_n of_o they_o and_o yet_o this_o valiant_a exploit_n grotius_n aim_v at_o that_o he_o may_v excuse_v the_o roman_a empire_n from_o be_v the_o four_o beast_n and_o the_o papal_a power_n the_o little_a horn_n among_o the_o other_o ten._n what_o egyptian_a darkness_n and_o blindness_n will_v prejudice_n and_o interest_n cast_v man_n into_o that_o can_v entertain_v such_o impossible_a conceit_n as_o these_o here_o be_v but_o one_o goat_n and_o one_o great_a horn_n and_o four_o lesser_a horn_n which_o lesser_a horn_n imply_v so_o many_o succession_n of_o the_o four_o first_o king_n be_v they_o long_o or_o short_a which_o therefore_o according_a to_o the_o prophetic_a style_n and_o common_a sense_n can_v make_v no_o more_o than_o one_o greek_a empire_n first_o entire_a under_o one_o king_n and_o then_o divide_v under_o four_o with_o their_o successor_n but_o not_o in_o his_o power_n that_o be_v they_o be_v neither_o so_o valiant_a as_o he_o in_o their_o own_o person_n nor_o be_v their_o kingdom_n so_o strong_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o war_n among_o themselves_o they_o squabble_n one_o with_o another_o about_o the_o prey_n 23._o and_o in_o the_o late_a time_n of_o their_o kingdom_n when_o transgression_n be_v come_v to_o the_o full_a that_o be_v when_o the_o sin_n of_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v very_o much_o increase_v a_o king_n of_o fierce_a countenance_n understand_v dark_a sentence_n shall_v stand_v up_o this_o no_o man_n doubt_v but_o be_v understand_v of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n but_o withal_o most_o of_o the_o ancient_n and_o modern_a look_n upon_o epiphanes_n as_o a_o lively_a type_n or_o image_n of_o antichrist_n but_o in_o that_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o late_a time_n of_o their_o kingdom_n in_o the_o singular_a number_n that_o fair_o offer_v to_o we_o this_o truth_n that_o in_o prophetical_a account_n the_o four_o kingdom_n name_v before_o be_v look_v upon_o as_o one_o kingdom_n though_o they_o be_v divide_v into_o four_o part_n and_o have_v four_o king_n some_o of_o long_a and_o some_o of_o short_a succession_n but_o in_o that_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o late_a time_n of_o their_o kingdom_n viz._n of_o the_o four_o king_n as_o they_o be_v at_o first_o this_o do_v so_o manifest_o tie_v the_o first_o four_o king_n to_o their_o succession_n even_o to_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n his_o time_n as_o many_o of_o they_o as_o reach_v so_o far_o that_o it_o be_v a_o plain_a demonstration_n that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o four_o horn_n do_v extend_v itself_o into_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o that_o therefore_o the_o three_o monarchy_n which_o be_v the_o greek_a reach_n at_o least_o so_o far_o whereby_o grotius_n his_o fond_a conceit_n of_o make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n the_o four_o empire_n and_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v quite_o blow_v away_o and_o it_o be_v hence_o evident_a that_o the_o four_o beast_n or_o empire_n be_v the_o roman_n now_o that_o epiphanes_n be_v say_v to_o be_v a_o king_n of_o a_o fierce_a countenance_n the_o hebrew_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v as_o well_o signify_v vultu_fw-la duro_fw-la &_o obfirmato_fw-la of_o a_o hard_a bold_a and_o shameless_a countenance_n the_o vulgar_a latin_a render_v it_o rex_fw-la impudens_fw-la fancy_n and_o gasper_n sanctius_n record_v one_o specimen_fw-la of_o his_o impudence_n out_o of_o s._n jerom_n luxuriosus_fw-la say_v he_o fuisse_fw-la dicitur_fw-la &_o in_fw-la tantum_fw-la dedecus_fw-la per_fw-la stupra_fw-la &_o corruptelas_fw-la venisse_fw-la regiae_n dignitatis_fw-la ut_fw-la mimis_n quoque_fw-la &_o scortis_fw-la publicè_fw-la jungeretur_fw-la &_o libidinem_fw-la svam_fw-la populo_fw-la praesente_fw-la compleret_fw-la which_o public_a fornication_n and_o adultery_n of_o his_o whether_o it_o be_v a_o sign_n of_o great_a shamelesness_n than_o the_o spiritual_a fornication_n i_o mean_v the_o idolatry_n of_o antichrist_n his_o antitype_n not_o only_o practise_v by_o himself_o in_o public_a but_o also_o enjoin_v by_o he_o for_o other_o so_o to_o practice_v i_o leave_v the_o unprejudiced_a to_o consider_v and_o whether_o antiochus_n his_o set_v the_o idol_n of_o jupiter_n olympius_n in_o the_o temple_n be_v a_o great_a piece_n of_o boldness_n than_o aâ—…tichrist's_n set_v himself_n in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n upon_o the_o holy_a altar_n which_o be_v the_o throne_n of_o christ_n or_o god_n to_o receive_v public_a adoration_n from_o man_n there_o show_v himself_o as_o if_o he_o be_v god_n
more_o expedite_a and_o compendious_a expression_n you_o may_v call_v geniconaea_n the_o latter_a idiconaea_n which_o signify_v the_o general_a and_o more_o particular_a meaning_n of_o such_o a_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n as_o in_o this_o present_a instanced_a geniconaea_n the_o whole_a succession_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n may_v be_v understand_v but_o by_o a_o idiconaea_n such_o passage_n as_o be_v understand_v of_o other_o in_o the_o succession_n at_o large_a may_v be_v again_o particular_o apply_v to_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n for_o who_o sake_n chief_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n be_v predict_v and_o to_o give_v instance_n of_o these_o figure_n in_o other_o propehcy_n apoc._n 17._o by_o a_o geniconaea_n the_o whole_a succession_n of_o the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v namely_o of_o the_o roman_a empire_n become_v pagano-christian_a whether_o emperor_n of_o pope_n be_v understand_v by_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o that_o beast_n but_o by_o a_o idiconaea_n the_o pope_n particular_o as_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n particular_o in_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n so_o apoc._n 13._o the_o beast_n heal_v of_o its_o deadly_a wound_n heal_v i_o say_v by_o the_o diligence_n of_o the_o two-horned_a beast_n and_o recover_v again_o into_o a_o kind_n of_o paganism_n by_o a_o genicoâ—…aea_n may_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o whole_a laic_a roman_a empire_n so_o debauch_v by_o the_o sacerdotal_a polity_n but_o by_o a_o idiconaea_n the_o make_n of_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n may_v be_v refer_v particular_o to_o the_o german_a empire_n as_o the_o object_n or_o opus_n and_o to_o the_o pope_n as_o the_o particular_a artifex_n thereof_o and_o last_o in_o daniel_n chap._n 11._o ver_fw-la 36._o the_o king_n that_o do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n and_o shall_v exalt_v himself_o etc._n etc._n by_o a_o geniconaea_n may_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o roman_a power_n at_o least_o from_o the_o first_o epocha_n of_o christianity_n to_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o say_a power_n which_o will_v expire_v with_o the_o pope_n but_o by_o a_o idiconaea_n it_o be_v particular_o understand_v of_o the_o papal_a polity_n or_o hierarchy_n which_o four_o example_n i_o hope_v be_v sufficient_a to_o illustrate_v these_o prophetical_a figure_n which_o be_v worth_a the_o notice_n of_o the_o judicious_a and_o considerate_a and_o will_v serve_v to_o reconcile_v serious_a interpreter_n of_o the_o prophecy_n some_o hit_v upon_o the_o idiconaea_n of_o the_o prophecy_n other_o upon_o the_o geniconaea_n which_o be_v no_o clash_n one_o with_o another_o if_o they_o understand_v themselves_o but_o that_o sense_n which_o the_o geniconaea_n exhibit_v be_v necessary_a sometime_o and_o demonstrable_o true_a by_o virtue_n of_o the_o synchronism_n ver._n 14._o which_o be_v the_o sense_n that_o calvin_n himself_o seem_v to_o aim_v at_o etc._n etc._n and_o theodoret_n and_o isidore_n be_v of_o the_o same_o opinion_n as_o they_o be_v cite_v by_o gasper_n sanctius_n neque_fw-la desunt_fw-la say_v he_o qui_fw-fr christum_fw-la esse_fw-la dicunt_fw-la illum_fw-la qui_fw-la in_o flumine_fw-la apparuit_fw-la quique_fw-la gabrieli_fw-it jussit_fw-la ut_fw-la prophetae_fw-la obscurm_fw-la illud_fw-la aenigma_fw-la manifestaret_fw-la quasi_fw-la jam_fw-la praeluderet_fw-la ad_fw-la sumendam_fw-la posteà _fw-la humanam_fw-la naturam_fw-la in_fw-la qua_fw-la svas_fw-la deinde_fw-la inter_fw-la homines_fw-la delicias_fw-la haberet_fw-la ita_fw-la theodoretus_n &_o isidorus_n so_o gasper_n sanctius_n upon_o the_o place_n vision_n iu._n the_o vision_n or_o prophecy_n of_o the_o seventy_o week_n communicate_v to_o daniel_n by_o the_o angel_n gabriel_n chap._n 9_o 1._o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o son_n of_o ahasuerus_n that_o be_v the_o son_n of_o cyaxares_n king_n of_o media_n as_o the_o greek_n call_v he_o and_o ctesias_n in_o diodorus_n siculus_n biblioth_n histor._n lib._n 2._o p._n 85._o seem_v to_o call_v he_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d *_o which_o be_v very_o near_o to_o assâ—…baras_n and_o consequent_o to_o asuerus_n which_o cyaxares_n the_o mede_n give_v his_o daughter_n nicrotis_n to_o nabuchadnezzar_n the_o son_n of_o nabopolassar_n to_o wife_n who_o therefore_o be_v the_o sister_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n as_o well_o as_o mandane_n who_o be_v the_o mother_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a of_o the_o séed_n of_o the_o mede_n for_o he_o be_v son_n to_o cyaxares_n king_n of_o media_n who_o be_v a_o infant_n in_o a_o manner_n his_o father_n commit_v to_o the_o tutelage_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n his_o son_n in_o law_n when_o he_o die_v together_o with_o his_o kingdom_n over_o which_o nabuchadnezzar_n set_v astyages_n of_o near_a a_o kin_n to_o nicrotis_n his_o wife_n haply_o her_o uncle_n but_o upon_o nebuchadnezzar_n death_n cyrus_n rebel_v against_o astyages_n by_o some_o intimation_n from_o his_o uncle_n darius_n and_o overcome_v he_o after_o he_o have_v reign_v some_o thirty_o five_o year_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n and_o darius_n have_v be_v keep_v out_o of_o it_o the_o time_n but_o astyages_n be_v vanquish_v the_o kingdom_n of_o media_n be_v restore_v to_o darius_n and_o cyrus_n have_v the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n for_o his_o pain_n see_v tho._n lydiat_a his_o emendatio_fw-la temporum_fw-la which_o be_v make_v king_n over_o the_o realm_n of_o the_o chaldean_n succeed_v immediate_o belshazzar_n after_o cyrus_n nephew_n to_o darius_n have_v take_v babylon_n and_o belshazzar_n be_v slay_v wherefore_o darius_n be_v invest_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o babylon_n cyrus_n his_o nephew_n deliver_v it_o to_o he_o be_v then_o about_o sixty_o two_o year_n of_o age._n and_o forasmuch_o as_o he_o live_v from_o his_o infancy_n in_o nebuchadnezzar_n court_n and_o nicrotis_n nebuchadnezzar_n wife_n be_v his_o sister_n and_o be_v bring_v up_o as_o nebuchadnezzar_n son_n and_o so_o haply_o call_v out_o of_o courtship_n the_o babylonian_a empire_n seem_v still_o to_o have_v be_v continue_v in_o his_o reign_n and_o he_o fit_o to_o be_v call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o chaldean_n as_o daniel_n the_o prophet_n here_o style_v he_o and_o yet_o notwithstanding_o daniel_n compare_v the_o babylonish_n captivity_n and_o the_o extirpation_n of_o nebuchadnezzar_n race_n by_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n and_o that_o cyrus_n be_v commander_n in_o the_o war_n by_o name_n so_o predict_v by_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n he_o compare_v these_o thing_n i_o say_v with_o the_o commencement_n and_o duration_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o his_o son_n predefined_a by_o jeremy_n the_o prophet_n and_o with_o the_o time_n himself_o be_v first_o make_v captive_a which_o be_v in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehojakim_n king_n of_o judah_n and_o the_o first_o of_o nabuchadnezzar_n when_o he_o be_v send_v by_o his_o father_n nabopolassar_n with_o regal_a power_n against_o egypt_n it_o come_v then_o into_o his_o mind_n that_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o seventy_o year_n captivity_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o babylon_n be_v near_o at_o hand_n as_o it_o appear_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n 2._o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n i_o daniel_n understand_v by_o the_o book_n for_o there_o be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o jew_n than_o the_o book_n of_o moses_n and_o the_o prophet_n that_o they_o may_v know_v their_o transgression_n punishment_n and_o time_n of_o appoint_a mercy_n the_o number_n of_o the_o year_n whereof_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v to_o jeremiah_n the_o prophet_n jerâ—…m_n 25._o 11._o 12._o and_o this_o whole_a land_n shall_v be_v a_o desolation_n and_o astonishment_n and_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v when_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v i_o will_v punish_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o whole_a race_n of_o his_o son_n be_v exstinct_a in_o belshazzar_n kill_v at_o the_o take_n of_o babylon_n by_o cyrus_n and_o ch._n 27._o ver_fw-la 7._o and_o all_o nation_n say_v he_o shall_v serve_v he_o and_o his_o son_n and_o his_o son_n son_n until_o the_o very_a time_n of_o his_o land_n come_v and_o there_o be_v but_o three_o succession_n nabuchadnezzar_n himself_o evilmerodac_a his_o son_n and_o belshazzar_n his_o son_n son_n according_a to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o prophet_n slay_v at_o cyrus_n his_o take_n of_o babylon_n of_o who_o isaiah_n foretell_v by_o name_n what_o a_o friend_n he_o will_v be_v to_o the_o jew_n isa._n 44._o 28._o that_o say_v of_o cyrus_n he_o be_v my_o shepherd_n etc._n etc._n that_o also_o of_o jeremy_n ch._n 29._o v._n 10._o be_v very_o express_v thus_o say_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n that_o after_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v at_o babylon_n i_o will_v visit_v you_o and_o perform_v my_o good_a word_n towards_o you_o in_o cause_v you_o to_o return_v to_o this_o place_n wherefore_o daniel_n see_v so_o plain_o from_o these_o place_n of_o the_o prophet_n send_v to_o the_o jew_n by_o god_n that_o he_o will_v accomplish_v seventy_o year_n in_o the_o desolation_n
12._o then_o say_v he_o unto_o i_o fear_v not_o daniel_n this_o be_v to_o encourage_v he_o and_o abate_v his_o tremble_n for_o from_o the_o first_o day_n namely_o of_o the_o three_o week_n of_o day_n that_o thou_o do_v set_v thy_o heart_n to_o understand_v and_o to_o chasten_v thyself_o before_o thy_o god_n by_o fast_v mourn_a and_o prayer_n thy_o word_n be_v hear_v thy_o petition_n be_v grant_v and_o i_o be_o come_v for_o thy_o word_n that_o be_v by_o reason_n of_o thy_o earnest_n and_o zealous_a prayer_n i_o be_o come_v unto_o thou_o behold_v the_o admirable_a efficacy_n of_o earnest_n and_o sincere_a devotion_n that_o attract_v to_o it_o not_o only_o the_o ministry_n of_o angel_n but_o bring_v down_o into_o converse_v the_o son_n of_o god_n himself_o 13._o but_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n withstand_v i_o one_o and_o twenty_o day_n 〈…〉_z this_o be_v speak_v by_o way_n of_o prevent_v a_o objection_n for_o if_o his_o petition_n be_v hear_v the_o very_a first_o day_n of_o the_o three_o week_n of_o humiliation_n daniel_n may_v think_v strange_a that_o he_o hear_v no_o news_n of_o it_o before_o now_o but_o to_o solve_v that_o difficulty_n the_o angel_n tell_v he_o that_o the_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n with_o who_o he_o contest_v detain_v he_o that_o time_n and_o it_o be_v admirable_a to_o take_v notice_n of_o the_o concurrence_n of_o daniel_n prayer_n and_o devotion_n and_o the_o activity_n of_o the_o invisible_a power_n for_o that_o which_o he_o pray_v for_o at_o the_o very_a same_o time_n while_o he_o pray_v they_o act_v for_o the_o effect_v the_o thing_n he_o pray_v for_o but_o lo_o michael_n one_o of_o the_o chief_a prince_n come_v to_o help_v i_o this_o bring_n in_o of_o michael_n one_o of_o the_o chief_a prince_n as_o assist_v against_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n show_v plain_o that_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n be_v a_o angel_n as_o well_o as_o michael_n and_o therefore_o as_o michael_n be_v the_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o the_o jeâ—…wish_a nation_n so_o must_v the_o prince_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n be_v the_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o the_o say_a kingdom_n of_o persia._n from_o whence_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o there_o be_v presidentiary_n angel_n of_o all_o kingdom_n and_o nation_n to_o which_o purpose_n the_o ancient_a father_n allege_v that_o of_o deuter._n chap._n 32._o 8._o according_a to_o the_o septuagint_n translation_n as_o cornelius_n à _fw-la lapide_fw-la take_v notice_n when_o the_o most_o high_o divide_v to_o the_o nation_n their_o inheritance_n when_o he_o separate_v the_o son_n of_o adam_n he_o set_v the_o bound_n of_o the_o people_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d according_a to_o the_o number_n of_o the_o son_n of_o god_n not_o of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n they_o read_v as_o it_o seem_v not_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d but_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d understand_v by_o the_o son_n of_o god_n the_o angel_n and_o with_o this_o agree_v excellent_o well_o what_o follow_v in_o the_o latin_a translation_n pars_fw-la autem_fw-la domini_fw-la populus_fw-la ejus_fw-la but_o the_o lord_n portion_n be_v the_o jew_n jacob_n be_v the_o lot_n of_o his_o inheritance_n this_o run_v far_o more_o coherent_o than_o any_o sense_n i_o can_v find_v expositor_n make_v of_o it_o who_o read_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o text_n therefore_o imply_v that_o whereas_o other_o nation_n have_v but_o presidentiary_n angel_n over_o they_o the_o lord_n himself_o i.e._n jehova_n filius_fw-la palmoni_fw-la be_v the_o governor_n or_o king_n of_o jeshurun_n or_o israel_n and_o michael_n the_o general_n of_o his_o army_n under_o he_o but_o now_o for_o the_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o other_o nation_n *_o whether_o they_o be_v good_a angel_n as_o the_o general_a authority_n of_o the_o father_n seem_v to_o confirm_v or_o bad_a as_o gasper_n sanctius_n industrious_o endeavour_v to_o demonstrate_v be_v a_o point_n too_o nice_a to_o be_v insist_v on_o in_o so_o brief_a a_o exposition_n and_o therefore_o i_o will_v let_v it_o pass_v and_o i_o remain_v there_o with_o the_o king_n of_o persia._n for_o i_o be_v leave_v alone_o so_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d will_v signify_v as_o be_v the_o remainder_n of_o those_o that_o be_v with_o i_o i.e._n michael_n and_o i_o be_v not_o both_o there_o together_o for_o a_o good_a while_n i_o have_v send_v he_o elsewhere_o but_o at_o last_o he_o come_v again_o to_o assist_v or_o relieve_v i_o who_o leave_v behind_o i_o in_o my_o place_n 14._o now_o i_o be_o come_v to_o make_v thou_o understand_v what_o shall_v befall_v thy_o people_n for_o who_o thou_o do_v so_o earnest_o intercede_v in_o thy_o devotion_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n for_o yet_o the_o uision_n be_v for_o many_o day_n as_o it_o be_v say_v verse_n 1._o the_o thing_n be_v true_a but_o the_o time_n appoint_v be_v long_o as_o if_o he_o shall_v say_v thy_o great_a zeal_n and_o earnestness_n be_v concern_v the_o deliverance_n of_o the_o jew_n out_o of_o this_o present_a captivity_n and_o to_o know_v what_o their_o condition_n be_v like_a to_o be_v in_o reference_n to_o it_o but_o i_o be_o for_o the_o good_a of_o my_o people_n come_v to_o make_v thou_o understand_v what_o will_v befall_v the_o jew_n or_o people_n of_o god_n at_o large_a through_o the_o series_n of_o many_o age_n even_o to_o the_o end_n of_o all_o what_o they_o shall_v suffer_v under_o the_o greek_a empire_n what_o under_o the_o roman_a and_o what_o a_o happy_a restore_n there_o will_v be_v of_o they_o towards_o the_o end_n 15._o and_o when_o he_o have_v speak_v such_o word_n unto_o i_o i_o set_v my_o face_n towards_o the_o ground_n and_o become_v dumb_a that_o be_v i_o look_v downward_o towards_o the_o earth_n with_o all_o reverence_n and_o modesty_n not_o be_v able_a to_o bear_v the_o glorious_a presence_n of_o this_o mighty_a angel_n and_o my_o astonishment_n from_o have_v behold_v he_o be_v so_o great_a and_o also_o from_o hear_v his_o voice_n that_o i_o be_v not_o yet_o able_a to_o speak_v for_o that_o fear_v and_o the_o surprise_n of_o admiration_n will_v stop_v the_o voice_n be_v a_o thing_n vulgar_o know_v and_o note_v both_o in_o poet_n and_o historian_n as_o a_o effect_n of_o those_o passion_n 16._o and_o behold_v one_o like_o the_o similitude_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n not_o in_o a_o terrestrial_a body_n yet_o though_o in_o humane_a shape_n it_o be_v the_o same_o angel_n say_v a_o lapide_fw-la which_o he_o have_v see_v and_o which_o have_v talk_v with_o he_o all_o this_o time_n and_o he_o will_v allow_v he_o to_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n and_o calvin_n mention_n some_o that_o understand_v this_o person_n in_o the_o similitude_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n to_o be_v christ._n touch_v my_o lip_n as_o he_o touch_v the_o tongue_n of_o the_o deaf_a and_o dumb_a man_n mark_v 7._o and_o cry_v ephphata_n loose_v his_o tongue_n that_o he_o can_v speak_v as_o daniel_n after_o the_o angel_n have_v touch_v his_o lip_n say_v then_o i_o open_v my_o mouth_n and_o speak_v and_o say_v unto_o he_o that_o stand_v before_o i_o o_o my_o lord_n by_o the_o uision_n my_o sorrow_n be_v turn_v upon_o i_o and_o i_o have_v retain_v no_o strength_n so_o overcome_v be_v the_o glorious_a presence_n of_o the_o messiah_n before_o he_o come_v in_o the_o flesh_n these_o consternation_n of_o mind_n in_o daniel_n thus_o often_o repeat_v set_v off_o the_o inexpressible_a eminency_n of_o the_o person_n he_o converse_v with_o and_o the_o huge_a weightiness_n of_o the_o matter_n that_o he_o be_v to_o convey_v unto_o daniel_n 17._o for_o how_o can_v the_o servant_n of_o this_o my_o lord_n the_o hebrew_n may_v be_v render_v how_o can_v this_o servant_n of_o my_o lord_n for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d zeh_n here_o may_v be_v refer_v to_o servant_n as_o well_o as_o lord_n and_o then_o the_o sense_n be_v how_o can_v so_o vile_a a_o servant_n so_o wretched_a poor_a and_o despicable_a a_o creature_n as_o i_o be_o for_o here_o zeh_n signify_v as_o iste_fw-la in_o latin_a a_o diminish_n indication_n taâ—…k_v with_o this_o my_o lord_n that_o be_v with_o such_o a_o one_o as_o this_o my_o lord_n be_v for_o here_o zeh_n signify_v eminency_n of_o worth_n and_o excellency_n or_o height_n of_o glory_n and_o majesty_n which_o expression_n of_o daniel_n put_v calvin_n to_o the_o trouble_n of_o make_v a_o excuse_n for_o he_o and_o to_o show_v that_o this_o do_v nihil_fw-la detrahere_fw-la dei_fw-la monarchiae_fw-la but_o understand_v here_o by_o this_o angel_n that_o christ_n be_v mean_v by_o it_o as_o i_o have_v prove_v he_o be_v mean_v thereby_o this_o appellation_n of_o he_o by_o the_o name_n 〈◊〉_d
seleucus_n bring_v away_o with_o he_o forty_o thousand_o talent_n of_o silver_n and_o two_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o image_n of_o their_o god_n among_o which_o be_v those_o that_o cambyses_n when_o he_o take_v egypt_n carry_v away_o with_o he_o into_o persia._n for_o which_o feat_n of_o bring_v back_o again_o their_o image_n that_o be_v violent_o take_v from_o they_o so_o many_o year_n ago_o the_o egyptian_n be_v a_o very_a superstitious_a people_n he_o obtain_v the_o name_n of_o euergetes_n among_o they_o as_o if_o he_o have_v be_v so_o great_a a_o benefactor_n to_o they_o in_o recover_v their_o image_n thus_o st._n jerome_n out_o of_o writer_n which_o he_o have_v the_o use_n of_o but_o since_o have_v perish_v and_o he_o shall_v continue_v more_o year_n than_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north._n ptolemaeus_n euergetes_n his_o reign_n be_v six_o year_n long_o than_o the_o reign_n of_o seleucus_n callinicus_n the_o son_n of_o antiochus_n theos_n by_o leodice_n his_o reign_n be_v almost_o by_o one_o three_o part_n long_o than_o he_o and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o syria_n be_v make_v a_o province_n by_o the_o roman_n betwixt_o thirty_o and_o forty_o year_n before_o egypt_n be_v if_o that_o may_v be_v also_o insinuate_v but_o the_o former_a be_v more_o material_a it_o imply_v that_o callinicus_n dare_v not_o budge_v against_o egypt_n all_o the_o day_n of_o his_o life_n ptolemaeus_n euergetes_n who_o get_v so_o full_a a_o victory_n over_o he_o which_o will_v natural_o daunt_v his_o spirit_n be_v still_o live_v 9_o so_o the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n ptolemaeus_n euerget_v shall_v come_v into_o his_o kingdom_n and_o shall_v return_v into_o his_o own_o land_n which_o intimate_v his_o power_n and_o success_n to_o have_v be_v so_o great_a and_o with_o so_o little_a loss_n to_o his_o army_n and_o with_o that_o ease_n as_o if_o he_o have_v be_v lord_n of_o syria_n and_o have_v free_a ingress_n and_o egress_n at_o his_o pleasure_n 10._o but_o his_o son_n shall_v be_v stir_v up_o though_o that_o shameful_a overthrow_n he_o have_v receive_v cow_v the_o spirit_n of_o seleucus_n callinicus_n yet_o his_o two_o son_n seleucus_n ceraunus_n and_o antiochus_n magnus_n after_o his_o death_n and_o indeed_o after_o the_o death_n of_o ptolemaeus_n euergetes_n which_o be_v a_o further_a encouragement_n to_o they_o bestir_v themselves_o to_o recover_v what_o their_o father_n have_v lose_v and_o to_o that_o end_n gather_v a_o great_a army_n as_o it_o follow_v and_o shall_v assemble_v a_o multitude_n of_o great_a force_n see_v polyb._n lib._n 2._o and_o lib._n 5._o and_o they_o be_v the_o more_o encourage_v thereto_o ptolemaeus_n euergetes_n not_o only_o be_v dead_a but_o a_o person_n little_o belove_v a_o killer_n of_o his_o father_n mother_n and_o brother_n and_o therefore_o in_o derision_n call_v philopator_n succeed_v he_o and_o he_o shall_v certain_o come_v and_o overflow_v and_o pass_v through_o though_o he_o begin_v with_o the_o two_o son_n yet_o he_o change_v the_o number_n plural_a here_o into_o the_o singular_a because_o seleucus_n ceraunus_n die_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o enterprise_n reign_v scarce_o three_o year_n wherefore_o antiochus_n magnus_n be_v here_o mean_v by_o he_o that_o shall_v certain_o come_v and_o overflow_v etc._n etc._n for_o he_o do_v overflow_v judea_n and_o coele_n syria_n by_o the_o treachery_n of_o theodotus_n ptolemaeus_n philopator_n his_o governor_n of_o that_o province_n then_o shall_v he_o return_v and_o be_v stir_v up_o even_o to_o his_o fortress_n and_o after_o this_o no_o peace_n be_v conclude_v he_o shall_v again_o renew_v the_o war_n and_o take_v many_o town_n he_o shall_v at_o last_o come_v to_o raphia_n a_o exceed_a well_o fortify_v town_n in_o the_o confine_n of_o egypt_n see_v polybius_n lib._n 5._o 11._o and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n shall_v be_v move_v with_o choler_n and_o shall_v come_v forth_o and_o fight_v with_o he_o even_o with_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n viz._n philopator_n with_o antiochus_n magnus_n for_o though_o philopator_n be_v but_o a_o sluggish_a voluptuous_a person_n and_o give_v to_o his_o ease_n and_o pleasure_n yet_o when_o his_o proper_a kingdom_n be_v in_o such_o imminent_a danger_n he_o be_v enrage_v and_o think_v it_o be_v time_n to_o bestir_v himself_o for_o fear_n he_o shall_v not_o only_o lose_v syria_n but_o egypt_n too_o and_o he_o shall_v set_v forth_o a_o great_a multitude_n seventy_o thousand_o foot_n and_o five_o thousand_o horse_n and_o seventy_o three_o elephant_n and_o a_o multitude_n shall_v be_v give_v into_o his_o hand_n that_o be_v he_o shall_v take_v many_o prisoner_n of_o the_o army_n of_o antiochus_n magnus_n which_o be_v the_o thing_n that_o the_o author_n of_o the_o three_o book_n of_o maccabee_n express_o set_v down_o and_o that_o the_o success_n be_v from_o the_o passionate_a importunity_n of_o arsinoe_n philopator_n sister_n who_o run_v up_o and_o down_o from_o one_o part_n of_o the_o army_n to_o the_o other_o with_o her_o hair_n dishevel_v and_o hang_v about_o her_o shoulder_n and_o by_o promise_n and_o earnest_a entreating_n drive_v the_o soldiery_n to_o fight_v with_o more_o than_o ordinary_a resolution_n and_o courage_n whereby_o they_o win_v the_o day_n and_o take_v many_o prisoner_n grotius_n out_o of_o polybius_n name_n four_o thousand_o and_o the_o rest_n be_v kill_v or_o rout_v and_o put_v to_o flight_n 12._o and_o when_o he_o have_v take_v away_o the_o multitude_n that_o be_v when_o he_o have_v partly_o take_v captive_a partly_o kill_v and_o so_o take_v they_o out_o of_o the_o way_n and_o partly_o put_v to_o flight_n and_o scatter_v the_o multitude_n of_o antiochus_n his_o army_n and_o thereby_o drive_v they_o away_o from_o his_o territory_n his_o heart_n shall_v be_v list_v up_o his_o heart_n that_o be_v oppress_v and_o depress_v with_o fear_n and_o anxiety_n before_o will_v be_v now_o more_o lightsome_a and_o exalt_a and_o give_v itself_o the_o swing_n to_o satisfy_v its_o own_o lust_n in_o this_o security_n by_o his_o unclean_a conversation_n with_o agathoclea_n the_o sing_a wench_n and_o agathocles_n her_o brother_n and_o will_v rude_o and_o profane_o at_o judea_n not_o only_o come_v into_o the_o temple_n but_o rush_v into_o the_o holy_a of_o holies_n against_o the_o advice_n and_o persuasion_n of_o all_o either_o pious_a or_o prudent_a bystander_n see_v the_o three_o book_n of_o maccabee_n ch._n 1._o and_o he_o shall_v cast_v down_o many_o ten_o thousand_o but_o he_o shall_v not_o be_v strengthen_v by_o it_o the_o sense_n be_v for_o of_o this_o latitude_n be_v the_o signification_n of_o the_o particle_n â—…_n and_o though_o he_o shall_v cast_v down_o many_o thousand_o for_o so_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v signify_v a_o indefinite_a great_a number_n and_o not_o exact_o myriad_o as_o all_o interpreter_n agree_v yet_o shall_v he_o not_o be_v strengthen_v by_o it_o though_o that_o great_a army_n of_o antiochus_n magnus_n be_v quite_o vanquish_v by_o he_o yet_o antiochus_n himself_o escape_v he_o will_v appear_v again_o in_o the_o field_n and_o undo_v all_o that_o have_v be_v do_v after_o he_o have_v espy_v a_o opportunity_n for_o his_o purpose_n the_o idleness_n luxury_n and_o sottishness_n of_o philopator_n make_v this_o great_a advantage_n he_o have_v get_v against_o antiochus_n to_o signify_v nothing_o 13._o for_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n shall_v return_v and_o shall_v set_v forth_o a_o multitude_n great_a than_o the_o former_a he_o shall_v again_o gather_v a_o army_n and_o that_o great_a than_o the_o former_a and_o shall_v certain_o come_v after_o certain_a year_n that_o be_v these_o thing_n be_v a_o brew_n for_o a_o certain_a time_n while_o he_o observe_v the_o luxury_n and_o dissoluteness_n of_o philopator_n and_o his_o mindlesness_n of_o his_o affair_n which_o encourage_v he_o to_o meditate_v this_o other_o war_n against_o egypt_n make_v he_o sure_a to_o come_v and_o give_v he_o hope_v of_o success_n with_o a_o great_a army_n and_o much_o riches_n with_o a_o great_a army_n and_o well_o appoint_v which_o army_n sometime_o be_v not_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o want_n of_o money_n or_o whatever_o necessary_n be_v requisite_a for_o the_o good_a appointment_n of_o a_o army_n for_o the_o hebrew_n word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v any_o acquist_n from_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d acquisivit_fw-la whence_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o post-horse_n or_o mule_n have_v its_o name_n wherefore_o by_o this_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i_o conceive_v be_v mean_v all_o the_o plentiful_a supply_n of_o necessary_n and_o fit_a accommodation_n for_o a_o army_n such_o as_o beast_n of_o burden_n wagon_n and_o draught-horse_n with_o the_o thing_n they_o carry_v etc._n etc._n which_o the_o latin_n call_v impedimenta_fw-la in_o english_a they_o be_v call_v the_o carriage_n of_o the_o army_n bag_n and_o baggage_n
the_o true_a servant_n of_o god_n who_o will_v never_o suffer_v they_o to_o be_v tempt_v above_o what_o they_o can_v bear_v which_o be_v but_o for_o a_o moment_n work_v for_o we_o a_o far_o more_o exceed_a and_o eternal_a weight_n of_o glory_n while_o we_o look_v not_o at_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v see_v but_o at_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v not_o see_v for_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v see_v be_v temporal_a but_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v not_o see_v be_v eternal_a even_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n that_o be_v to_o the_o time_n of_o their_o end_n for_o god_n have_v set_v his_o time_n wherein_o these_o affliction_n of_o his_o church_n shall_v end_v as_o bound_v all_o human_a affair_n by_o his_o power_n and_o providence_n so_o that_o there_o may_v be_v a_o respiration_n to_o his_o people_n from_o these_o extremity_n of_o affliction_n and_o therefore_o there_o be_v put_v a_o end_n to_o this_o affliction_n of_o his_o church_n because_o it_o be_v foresee_v that_o another_o will_v begin_v as_o it_o be_v intimate_v to_o we_o by_o what_o follow_v according_a to_o the_o hebrew_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d because_o it_o be_v yet_o for_o a_o time_n appoint_v the_o vulgar_a latin_a have_v it_o quia_fw-la adhuc_fw-la aliud_fw-la tempus_fw-la erit_fw-la because_o there_o will_v be_v yet_o another_o time_n namely_o of_o persecution_n of_o the_o church_n of_o god_n viz._n under_o the_o roman_a empire_n pagan_a and_o pagano-christian_a wherefore_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v a_o elliptical_a speech_n as_o be_v observe_v above_o v_o 27._o which_o verbatim_o be_v thus_o to_o be_v render_v because_o yet-again_a at_o the_o time_n appoint_v subaudi_fw-la there_o will_v be_v a_o persecution_n of_o my_o people_n or_o church_n viz._n under_o the_o roman_a empire_n who_o succession_n begin_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n for_o hitherto_o be_v describe_v from_o vers_fw-la 21._o the_o reign_n and_o feat_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n but_o that_o now_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n succeed_v both_o the_o mention_n of_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n ch._n 12._o 7._o and_o those_o other_o number_n there_o vers_n 11._o that_o point_n to_o they_o and_o that_o vast_a gap_n that_o will_v be_v betwixt_o antiochus_n his_o time_n and_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o dead_a mention_v v._n 2._o may_v sufficient_o assure_v we_o to_o which_o you_o may_v add_v that_o the_o passage_n here_o from_o the_o greek_a empire_n to_o the_o roman_a in_o the_o next_o verse_n be_v as_o distinct_a and_o plain_a as_o from_o the_o persian_a to_o the_o greek_a vers_n 3._o and_o the_o like_a great_a success_n and_o prosperity_n express_v in_o both_o in_o that_o of_o both_o king_n it_o be_v say_v and_o he_o shall_v do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n *_n which_o therefore_o can_v be_v understand_v of_o antiochus_n whence_o they_o that_o will_v drag_v what_o follow_v of_o the_o prophecy_n to_o that_o scope_n be_v fain_o to_o run_v back_o and_o apply_v the_o same_o thing_n that_o be_v predict_v before_o and_o so_o make_v the_o prophecy_n to_o tautologize_v beside_o many_o thing_n be_v most_o wretched_o distort_v and_o very_o weak_o and_o faint_o accommodate_v to_o the_o person_n of_o antiochus_n which_o calvin_n be_v sensible_a of_o apply_v all_o to_o the_o roman_a empire_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n after_o antiochus_n his_o death_n to_o the_o come_n of_o christ._n in_o which_o beside_o that_o many_o thing_n be_v dilute_a or_o force_v he_o leave_v a_o vast_a gap_n as_o well_o as_o those_o other_o viz._n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o gospel_n to_o the_o resurrection_n which_o make_v the_o prophecy_n less_o worthy_a of_o that_o pompous_a preface_n to_o it_o viz._n the_o prefatory_a vision_n ch._n 10._o as_o i_o note_v above_o wherefore_o there_o can_v be_v no_o doubt_n with_o they_o that_o consider_v the_o matter_n but_o that_o this_o prophecy_n of_o the_o scripture_n of_o truth_n do_v not_o only_o here_o pass_v from_o the_o greek_a empire_n to_o the_o roman_a upon_o the_o death_n of_o antiochus_n and_o the_o vanquish_a of_o perseus_n the_o last_o king_n of_o macedonia_n by_o aemylius_fw-la paulus_n and_o turn_v his_o kingdom_n into_o a_o roman_a province_n but_o that_o the_o prophecy_n continued_o go_v on_o though_o in_o general_a stroke_n through_o the_o whole_a series_n of_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n or_o general_a resurrection_n and_o that_o as_o there_o have_v hitherto_o be_v prediction_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o literal_o or_o historical_o to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o persian_a and_o greek_a kingdom_n and_o more_o particular_o of_o those_o two_o part_n thereof_o the_o kingdom_n of_o syria_n and_o egypt_n where_o the_o real_a gest_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v foretell_v and_o be_v but_o only_o as_o other_o historical_a part_n of_o scripture_n draw_v to_o a_o typical_a sense_n so_o whatever_o follow_v touch_v the_o affair_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n have_v a_o plain_a historical_a meaning_n and_o be_v so_o to_o be_v understand_v till_o its_o utter_a dissolution_n so_o that_o there_o will_v be_v no_o room_n leave_v for_o such_o a_o chimerical_a antichrist_n as_o some_o of_o the_o father_n have_v fancy_v and_o other_o have_v be_v either_o themselves_o such_o child_n or_o will_v have_v other_o to_o be_v such_o as_o to_o believe_v they_o wherefore_o bid_v adieu_n to_o hugo_n grotius_n and_o lay_v aside_o all_o the_o fancifull_a and_o chimerical_a crotchet_n of_o mistake_a antiquity_n i_o shall_v clear_v the_o sense_n of_o the_o remain_a part_n of_o this_o prophecy_n of_o the_o scripture_n of_o truth_n as_o follow_v 36._o and_o the_o king_n shall_v do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n and_o shall_v exalt_v himself_o and_o magnify_v himself_o above_o every_o god_n this_o may_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o roman_a empire_n at_o large_a and_o the_o word_n be_v render_v thus_o then_o shall_v a_o king_n do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n shall_v have_v all_o thing_n go_v prosperous_o according_a to_o his_o desire_n by_o king_n understand_v here_o as_o it_o be_v elsewhere_o in_o daniel_n a_o state_n or_o kingdom_n which_o be_v here_o the_o roman_a upon_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n macedonia_n be_v conquer_v by_o the_o roman_n of_o which_o perseus_n be_v the_o last_o king_n contemporary_a to_o antiochus_n who_o daniel_n foretell_v to_o reign_v ch._n 8._o in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o the_o greek_a kingdom_n and_o therefore_o the_o roman_a be_v very_o fit_o here_o suppose_v to_o succeed_v it_o after_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n the_o rest_n of_o his_o successor_n be_v take_v no_o notice_n of_o for_o the_o same_o reason_n that_o all_o but_o one_o after_o xerxes_n be_v pass_v by_o in_o the_o persian_a empire_n and_o this_o roman_a king_n or_o kingdom_n be_v say_v to_o magnify_v himself_o above_o every_o god_n in_o that_o the_o roman_n by_o sacred_a charm_n call_v out_o the_o god_n of_o those_o city_n they_o conquer_v and_o so_o as_o it_o be_v lead_v they_o captive_a to_o rome_n see_v my_o synops._n prophet_n book_n 2._o ch._n 10._o and_o shall_v speak_v marvellous_a thing_n that_o be_v blasphemous_a against_o the_o god_n of_o god_n that_o be_v the_o officer_n of_o this_o roman_a power_n shall_v do_v so_o namely_o against_o christ_n jesus_n himself_o who_o be_v true_o god_n as_o well_o as_o man_n and_o therefore_o the_o god_n of_o god_n and_o yet_o be_v he_o in_o word_n and_o deed_n most_o despiteful_o use_v by_o they_o and_o crucify_v and_o how_o the_o god_n of_o of_o god_n viz._n the_o god_n of_o israel_n be_v despise_v by_o the_o roman_n a_o man_n may_v collect_v from_o that_o great_a wit_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n marcus_n cicero_n and_o one_o of_o the_o best_a man_n of_o they_o who_o yet_o speak_v but_o contemptible_o of_o the_o religion_n of_o the_o jew_n as_o unworthy_a of_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o roman_a name_n and_o empire_n and_o insult_v over_o their_o nation_n as_o less_o befriend_v by_o the_o god_n because_o they_o be_v vanquish_v and_o subject_v to_o the_o roman_n if_o a_o person_n of_o his_o quality_n go_v so_o far_o in_o reproach_n to_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n what_o will_v other_o of_o less_o sagacity_n and_o morality_n blurt_n out_o see_v his_o oration_n pro_fw-la flacco_fw-la and_o shall_v prosper_v till_o the_o indignation_n be_v accâ—…mplished_v for_o that_o that_o be_v determine_v shall_v be_v do_v and_o yet_o they_o shall_v prosper_v notwithstanding_o this_o their_o villainy_n towards_o christ_n and_o bloody_a persecution_n of_o his_o member_n wherein_o he_o be_v again_o reproach_v and_o blaspheme_v till_o the_o determine_a time_n of_o this_o rage_n run_v out_o and_o that_o the_o empire_n become_v christian_n which_o be_v certain_o determine_v to_o be_v
do_v under_o the_o six_o seal_n 37._o neither_o shall_v he_o regard_v the_o god_n of_o his_o father_n that_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n become_v christian_n will_v cast_v off_o the_o god_n of_o their_o ancestor_n and_o cashier_v the_o old_a pagan_a religion_n nor_o the_o desire_n of_o woman_n that_o be_v marriage_n will_v not_o be_v in_o that_o high_a esteem_n then_o as_o it_o be_v with_o the_o ancient_a roman_n as_o those_o law_n testify_v which_o be_v call_v julia_n and_o papia_n which_o constantine_n abrogate_a this_o i_o say_v may_v be_v one_o sense_n of_o the_o forego_n verse_n and_o of_o this_o part_n of_o this_o and_o so_o take_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o gospel_n at_o least_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o church_n or_o of_o the_o empire_n become_v the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v by_o a_o geniconoea_n as_o i_o may_v so_o speak_v this_o may_v be_v the_o sense_n of_o the_o forego_n verse_n and_o this_o part_n of_o this_o but_o by_o a_o idiconoea_n i_o conceive_v with_o the_o ancient_n that_o the_o chief_a sense_n be_v that_o which_o concern_v that_o antichrist_n which_o undoubted_o paul_n aim_v at_o 2_o thess._n 2._o and_o therefore_o embolden_v by_o his_o authority_n i_o shall_v paraphrase_n the_o forego_n verse_n and_o this_o hitherto_o thus_o then_o shall_v a_o king_n etc._n etc._n i.e._n after_o the_o reign_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n that_o type_n of_o antichrist_n and_o notorious_a enemy_n of_o the_o people_n of_o god_n in_o the_o greek_a empire_n shall_v there_o arise_v a_o rex_fw-la sacrorum_fw-la or_o royal_a pontifex_n if_o you_o will_v who_o with_o his_o form_a body_n politic_a or_o ecclesiastical_a power_n shall_v prove_v the_o very_a antichrist_n indeed_o answer_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n to_o that_o wicked_a antiochus_n in_o the_o greek_a and_o both_o of_o they_o place_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o each_o empire_n which_o ecclesiastical_a prince_n or_o pontifex_n find_v the_o stream_n of_o affair_n and_o good_a fortune_n to_o carry_v he_o along_o shall_v at_o last_o exalt_v himself_o above_o every_o god_n i.e._n every_o supreme_a magistrate_n the_o emperor_n himself_o not_o except_v nay_o shall_v speak_v strange_a blasphemous_a word_n against_o the_o sovereignty_n of_o god_n himself_o as_o if_o he_o have_v power_n to_o abrogate_v and_o dispense_v with_o the_o law_n of_o god_n and_o christ_n and_o be_v himself_o supremum_fw-la numen_fw-la in_o terris_fw-la which_o impiety_n he_o will_v prosperous_o carry_v on_o for_o such_o a_o time_n as_o divine_a providence_n shall_v permit_v that_o be_v for_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n at_o the_o expiration_n of_o which_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v begin_v to_o be_v break_v but_o notwithstanding_o all_o this_o wickedness_n he_o shall_v not_o be_v a_o pure_a roman_a pagan_a nor_o shall_v he_o regard_v the_o god_n of_o his_o ancestor_n or_o predecessor_n that_o be_v of_o the_o supreme_a magistrate_n of_o rome_n who_o reign_v there_o a_o long_a time_n before_o he_o such_o deity_n i_o say_v as_o neptune_n mars_n jupiter_n capitolinus_n and_o the_o like_a but_o this_o shall_v be_v notable_a in_o he_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v outward_o a_o strict_a professor_n of_o a_o single_a life_n and_o it_o shall_v be_v against_o his_o pontifical_a office_n to_o marry_v and_o likewise_o his_o clergy_n shall_v be_v tie_v to_o the_o same_o law_n that_o he_o may_v thereby_o the_o better_a promote_v the_o design_n of_o his_o rampant_a and_o insatiable_a ambition_n which_o spirit_n of_o pride_n and_o worldliness_n shall_v grow_v so_o rank_a in_o he_o that_o he_o shall_v in_o time_n cast_v off_o the_o real_a sense_n of_o all_o religion_n as_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o text._n nor_o regard_v any_o god_n for_o he_o shall_v magnify_v himself_o above_o all_o and_o therefore_o he_o will_v subordinate_a all_o religion_n to_o his_o own_o worldly_a advantage_n and_o interest_n whence_o it_o will_v be_v that_o he_o will_v among_o other_o thing_n make_v no_o conscience_n of_o idolatry_n as_o it_o follow_v 38._o but_o in_o his_o estate_n shall_v he_o honour_v the_o god_n of_o force_n the_o hebrew_n run_v thus_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i.e._n for_o together_o with_o god_n or_o beside_o god_n for_o so_o will_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v namely_o together_o as_o dan._n 11._o 7._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d calvin_n render_v cum_fw-la exercitu_fw-la he_o will_v honour_v the_o mahuzzim_n that_o be_v the_o daemon_n which_o st._n paul_n prophecy_n of_o who_o worship_n will_v be_v bring_v in_o in_o the_o latter_a time_n that_o be_v in_o the_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n which_o be_v the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n and_o in_o the_o four_o empire_n by_o unconscionable_a liar_n and_o man_n that_o be_v against_o marriage_n and_o place_v their_o religion_n in_o abstain_v from_o meat_n that_o be_v by_o monk_n especial_o this_o paul_n say_v 1_o tim._n 4._o that_o the_o spirit_n have_v foretell_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d express_o not_o obscure_o nor_o enigmatical_o as_o be_v in_o this_o prophecy_n of_o the_o scripture_n of_o truth_n that_o be_v in_o this_o plain_a and_o express_a prophecy_n and_o not_o at_o all_o obscure_a or_o enigmatical_a these_o daemon_n therefore_o of_o st._n paul_n and_o daniel_n mahuzzim_n be_v the_o soul_n of_o depart_a saint_n which_o this_o antichrist_n king_n of_o rome_n or_o roman_a hierarchy_n will_v worship_v together_o with_o god_n or_o christ._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d not_o in_o his_o estate_n but_o place_n namely_o in_o the_o place_n or_o temple_n of_o god_n or_o christ_n in_o church_n which_o have_v their_o name_n from_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d our_o lord_n christ._n or_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v signify_v as_o much_o as_o upon_o his_o bottom_n or_o foundation_n which_o be_v the_o very_a pretence_n of_o the_o pontifician_n that_o they_o worship_v the_o saint_n upon_o account_n of_o honour_v christ._n and_o it_o be_v to_o be_v note_v also_o that_o mahuzzim_n signify_v as_o much_o as_o tower_n fortress_n wall_n bulwark_n guard_n and_o protector_n which_o be_v the_o very_a title_n the_o idolatrous_a saint-worshipper_n give_v the_o saint_n and_o their_o relic_n repose_v in_o their_o church_n of_o so_o fit_a significancy_n be_v this_o name_n of_o daemon_n viz._n mahuzzim_n which_o 〈◊〉_d express_v they_o by_o and_o the_o worship_v of_o who_o st._n paul_n say_v be_v so_o express_o foretell_v will_v be_v and_o where_o be_v it_o foretell_v especial_o express_o if_o not_o here_o and_o a_o god_n who_o his_o father_n know_v not_o read_v according_a to_o the_o hebrew_n even_o together_o with_o a_o god_n which_o his_o father_n that_o be_v his_o ancestor_n the_o ancient_a roman_n know_v not_o which_o god_n be_v christ._n shall_v he_o honour_v they_o with_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o with_o precious_a stone_n and_o pleasant_a thing_n which_o be_v abundant_o fulfil_v in_o the_o rich_a offering_n to_o and_o clothing_n of_o the_o image_n and_o altar_n of_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o romish_a church_n which_o be_v very_o costly_a and_o sumptuous_a 39_o thus_o shall_v he_o do_v in_o the_o most_o strong_a hold_v with_o a_o strange_a god_n this_o be_v very_o obscure_a sense_n the_o hebrew_n run_v thus_o and_o be_v easy_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i.e._n and_o he_o shall_v make_v the_o hold_v of_o the_o mahuzzim_n joint_o to_o the_o foreign_a god_n as_o if_o we_o shall_v say_v the_o hold_v of_o the_o mahuzzim_n with_o the_o foreign_a god_n i.e._n the_o hold_v joint_o make_v to_o they_o both_o or_o joint_o appertain_v to_o they_o both_o which_o be_v church_n and_o monastery_n dedicate_v to_o christ_n for_o he_o be_v this_o foreign_a god_n partly_o as_o be_v a_o jew_n by_o birth_n not_o a_o gentile_a much_o less_o a_o roman_a and_o partly_o as_o be_v real_o god-man_n which_o be_v such_o a_o strange_a and_o foreign_a deity_n as_o the_o roman_n nor_o any_o nation_n else_o be_v ever_o acquaint_v with_o before_o together_o with_o this_o or_o that_o saint_n and_o elegant_o here_o be_v these_o church_n and_o monastery_n call_v hold_v in_o reference_n to_o mahuzzim_n which_o have_v a_o warlike_a sense_n in_o it_o and_o signify_v *_o military_a protector_n and_o champion_n who_o house_n therefore_o may_v well_o be_v call_v strong_a hold_n and_o the_o relic_n of_o the_o saint_n lie_v there_o be_v account_v strong_a castle_n and_o tower_n of_o defence_n by_o the_o superstitious_a follower_n of_o antichrist_n who_o he_o shall_v acknowledge_v and_o increase_v with_o glory_n that_o be_v antichrist_n shall_v make_v a_o outward_a profession_n of_o christ_n and_o accumulate_v external_a show_n and_o pomp_n in_o honour_n to_o he_o and_o he_o shall_v cause_v they_o the_o mahuzzim_n to_o
a_o spurious_a read_n understand_v the_o prophecy_n literal_o and_o it_o may_v be_v it_o be_v a_o comment_n creep_v into_o the_o text._n for_o as_o all_o be_v agree_v that_o by_o the_o red_a apple_n be_v mean_v some_o imperial_a city_n so_o the_o red_a hat_n of_o the_o cardinal_n and_o the_o scarlet_a clothing_n of_o the_o papal_a hierarchy_n may_v easy_o invite_v the_o commentatour_n to_o interpret_v this_o red_a apple_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o if_o any_o jew_n be_v the_o interpreter_n as_o there_o be_v many_o among_o the_o turk_n they_o understand_v by_o edom_n in_o the_o scripture_n which_o signify_v red_a the_o city_n of_o rome_n or_o the_o roman_a power_n it_o be_v hard_o for_o he_o to_o miss_v of_o that_o interpretation_n and_o cornelius_n à _fw-la lapide_fw-la note_n that_o the_o jew_n by_o the_o idumaean_n understand_v the_o roman_n in_o his_o commentary_n upon_o isai._n 21._o 11._o the_o burden_n of_o dumah_n that_o be_v of_o idumaea_n in_o the_o hebrew_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o be_v very_o nigh_o in_o write_v to_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d as_o martinius_n in_o his_o technologia_fw-la observe_v out_o of_o st._n jerome_n sic_fw-la say_v he_o hieronymus_n ait_fw-fr 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d literas_fw-la parvo_fw-la apice_fw-la distingui_fw-la &_o cum_fw-la interpretatur_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d paululùm_fw-la literae_fw-la apice_fw-la commutato_fw-la pro_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d legi_fw-la posse_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d &_o sonare_fw-la romam_fw-la but_o there_o be_v no_o need_n of_o this_o nicety_n the_o interpretation_n of_o this_o turkish_a prophecy_n be_v discover_v enough_o already_o i_o will_v only_o refer_v the_o reader_n to_o mr._n mede_n book_n 5._o ch._n 8._o where_o by_o many_o example_n he_o show_v that_o the_o jew_n by_o edom_n understand_v rome_n and_o how_o r._n d._n kimchi_n turn_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d into_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d but_o i_o think_v interpreter_n be_v much_o mistake_v when_o they_o interpret_v the_o seven_o and_o twelve_o year_n not_o symbolical_o but_o arithmetical_o for_o if_o there_o be_v any_o thing_n in_o the_o prophecy_n i_o suspect_v this_o to_o be_v the_o meaning_n thereof_o that_o the_o turk_n may_v take_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n suppose_v within_o the_o space_n of_o the_o seven_o vial_n be_v so_o huge_o guilty_a of_o idolatry_n and_o blood_n if_o she_o prevent_v it_o not_o by_o timely_a repentance_n and_o if_o the_o christian_a sword_n advance_v not_o against_o he_o during_o the_o septenary_n a_o symbol_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o idolatry_n for_o such_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n yet_o upon_o the_o commence_v of_o the_o duodenary_a which_o be_v the_o symbol_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o pure_a apostolic_a restitution_n and_o of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n christianity_n shall_v furmount_v turkism_n nor_o shall_v the_o christian_n any_o where_o be_v any_o long_a slave_n â—…nto_fw-mi he_o but_o i_o bring_v this_o prophecy_n of_o the_o turk_n take_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n set_v down_o by_o that_o zealous_a romanist_n bartholomaeus_n georgivitz_n only_o to_o show_v that_o the_o forewarn_a the_o church_n of_o rome_n of_o the_o danger_n be_v no_o argument_n of_o the_o least_o ill_a will_n towards_o they_o shall_v be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o white_a horse_n and_o this_o be_v the_o christian_a sword_n that_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o duodenary_a when_o the_o true_o pure_a and_o apostolic_a church_n shall_v appear_v will_v put_v the_o turk_n to_o flight_n that_o be_v quite_o vanquish_v the_o turkish_a religion_n and_o power_n and_o turn_v they_o all_o christian_n and_o these_o be_v those_o time_n which_o cardan_n in_o a_o astrological_a fit_a of_o divination_n more_o than_o ordinary_o assist_v it_o may_v be_v as_o the_o stargazer_n of_o the_o east_n be_v by_o a_o supernatural_a star_n describe_v in_o his_o language_n brief_o thus_o mars_fw-la &_o lunam_fw-la debellant_fw-la sol_fw-la &_o jupiter_n authoritate_fw-la dignitate_fw-la veritate_fw-la ob_fw-la hoc_fw-la christiani_n erigite_fw-la capita_fw-la qui_fw-la potest_fw-la capere_fw-la capiat_fw-la the_o language_n be_v fantastical_a as_o be_v astrological_a but_o the_o prediction_n insinuate_v by_o some_o better_a kind_n of_o genius_n as_o the_o turkish_a prophet_n haply_o may_v be_v inspire_v by_o some_o secret_a emissary_n from_o palmoni_n who_o have_v a_o right_a to_o all_o kingdom_n though_o not_o possession_n yet_o of_o all_o be_v sober_a and_o true_a as_o appear_v by_o the_o holy_a oracle_n of_o scripture_n vision_n vi_o continue_a from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o six_o and_o seven_o vial_n to_o the_o second_o resurrection_n as_o also_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o entireness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n define_v and_o the_o time_n of_o his_o more_o palpable_a discovery_n indigitated_a by_o two_o number_n direct_v thereto_o chap._n 12._o 1._o and_o at_o that_o time_n shall_v michael_n stand_v up_o the_o great_a prince_n which_o stand_v for_o the_o child_n of_o thy_o people_n as_o it_o be_v say_v ch._n 10._o 21._o and_o there_o be_v none_o that_o hold_v with_o i_o in_o these_o thing_n but_o michael_n your_o prince_n this_o passage_n therefore_o denote_v the_o time_n when_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o jew_n become_v very_o hopeful_a and_o prosperous_a which_o be_v about_o the_o six_o and_o the_o seven_o vial_n to_o speak_v in_o the_o language_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o time_n of_o trouble_n such_o as_o never_o be_v since_o there_o be_v a_o nation_n even_o to_o that_o same_o time_n as_o it_o be_v say_v apoc._n 16._o 18._o under_o the_o seven_o vial_n and_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n such_o as_o be_v not_o since_o man_n be_v upon_o earth_n so_o mighty_a a_o earthquake_n and_o so_o great_a the_o compare_v which_o two_o place_n together_o plain_o show_v to_o what_o time_n they_o belong_v and_o at_o that_o time_n thy_o people_n shall_v be_v deliver_v the_o seventy_o have_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d thy_o people_n shall_v be_v save_v as_o also_o the_o vulgar_a latin_a have_v it_o salvabitur_fw-la populus_fw-la tuus_fw-la namely_o from_o that_o bondage_n and_o abject_a condition_n they_o have_v live_v in_o among_o the_o nation_n as_o also_o from_o the_o rude_a and_o beggarly_a element_n of_o moses_n and_o by_o their_o conversion_n to_o christianity_n they_o will_v be_v make_v partaker_n of_o eternal_a salvation_n chery_n one_o that_o shall_v be_v find_v write_v in_o the_o book_n yea_o not_o the_o jew_n only_o but_o every_o one_o as_o well_o gentile_n as_o jew_n that_o be_v find_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o life_n mention_v apoc._n 20._o 12._o shall_v be_v save_v so_o that_o as_o it_o be_v usual_a with_o the_o prophet_n there_o be_v a_o run_v out_o from_o the_o temporal_a deliverance_n of_o the_o jew_n to_o the_o spiritual_a deliverance_n and_o from_o their_o particular_a deliverance_n from_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n or_o second_o death_n to_o the_o general_n salvation_n of_o all_o who_o name_n be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o life_n as_o the_o sense_n be_v very_o coherent_a with_o what_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n which_o contain_v though_o something_o involute_o and_o contract_o both_o the_o first_o and_o second_o resurrection_n according_a as_o the_o word_n be_v capable_a of_o a_o double_a exposition_n 2._o and_o many_o of_o they_o that_o sleep_n in_o the_o dust_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v awake_v where_o many_o in_o counterdistinction_n to_o all_o do_v plain_o intimate_v the_o first_o resurrection_n which_o be_v not_o the_o general_n resurrection_n but_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o martyr_n only_o such_o as_o do_v actual_o lose_v their_o life_n for_o witness_v to_o the_o truth_n or_o do_v without_o all_o reserve_n expose_v they_o for_o the_o same_o as_o daniel_n do_v who_o be_v cast_v into_o the_o lion_n den_n and_o the_o three_o child_n into_o the_o fiery_a furnace_n though_o they_o be_v miraculous_o deliver_v some_o to_o everlasting_a life_n the_o hebrew_n have_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d those_o to_o everlasting_a life_n viz._n those_o that_o awake_v out_o of_o the_o dust_n of_o the_o earth_n at_o this_o time_n those_o that_o be_v revivificate_v into_o their_o glorious_a body_n at_o this_o first_o resurrection_n these_o awake_a to_o eternal_a life_n and_o enjoy_v a_o bless_a immortality_n in_o their_o heavenly_a body_n this_o be_v the_o first_o resurrection_n of_o which_o it_o be_v say_v apoc._n 20._o bless_a and_o holy_a be_v he_o that_o have_v part_n in_o the_o first_o resurrection_n on_o such_o the_o second_o death_n have_v â—…o_o power_n and_o some_o to_o shame_n and_o everlasting_a contempt_n in_o the_o hebrew_n it_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o you_o may_v render_v but_o those_o other_o another_o sort_n of_o people_n which_o the_o prophecy_n
point_v at_o who_o condition_n begin_v at_o this_o first_o resurrection_n or_o about_o the_o commence_v of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n or_o new_a jerusalem-state_n these_o shall_v be_v in_o perpetual_a shame_n and_o contempt_n all_o along_o the_o time_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n or_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o indeed_o even_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n for_o these_o be_v that_o wretched_a crew_n who_o be_v the_o foul_a spirit_n or_o unclean_a bird_n that_o haunt_v the_o ruin_n of_o babylon_n those_o dog_n sorcerer_n whoremonger_n murderer_n idolater_n and_o liar_n that_o be_v exclude_v the_o holy_a city_n which_o be_v a_o very_a shameful_a and_o contemptible_a condition_n indeed_o and_o according_a to_o this_o sense_n of_o the_o word_n of_o this_o verse_n it_o be_v plain_a the_o first_o resurrection_n mention_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n be_v point_v at_o but_o now_o if_o by_o many_o we_o do_v not_o understand_v a_o certain_a number_n in_o counterdistinction_n to_o all_o but_o a_o vast_a multitude_n as_o there_o will_v be_v certain_o at_o the_o general_a resurrection_n and_o the_o critical_a interpreter_n of_o the_o bible_n do_v not_o stick_v to_o affirm_v that_o many_o sometime_o signify_v all_o so_o be_v they_o be_v but_o a_o great_a multitude_n than_o the_o text_n will_v run_v natural_o enough_o for_o the_o last_o and_o general_a resurrection_n when_o both_o good_a and_o bad_a shall_v arise_v and_o those_o word_n some_o to_o everlasting_a life_n and_o some_o to_o shame_n and_o everlasting_a contempt_n will_v be_v a_o fit_a distribution_n of_o those_o many_o or_o all_o that_o be_v then_o say_v to_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o dust_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o one_o part_n of_o they_o be_v to_o be_v adjudge_v to_o a_o bless_a immortality_n in_o glorify_a body_n the_o other_o to_o that_o shameful_a squalid_a forlorn_a and_o accurse_a condition_n of_o the_o apostate_n spirit_n those_o horrid_a hellhound_n with_o who_o they_o be_v to_o be_v sentencâ—…d_v to_o everlasting_a fire_n or_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n which_o be_v the_o second_o death_n 3._o and_o they_o that_o be_v wise_a shall_v shine_v as_o the_o brightness_n of_o the_o firmament_n that_o be_v they_o that_o be_v docible_a and_o understand_v the_o way_n of_o god_n and_o walk_v therein_o according_o shall_v shine_v as_o the_o brightness_n of_o the_o firmament_n as_o the_o bright_a azure_a sky_n and_o they_o that_o turn_v many_o to_o righteousness_n as_o the_o star_n for_o ever_o and_o ever_o that_o be_v they_o that_o be_v not_o only_o wise_a and_o holy_a themselves_o but_o be_v instrumental_a in_o the_o promote_a true_a wisdom_n and_o holiness_n in_o other_o shall_v shine_v as_o the_o star_n shall_v have_v a_o great_a and_o more_o peculiar_a and_o eminent_a glory_n than_o other_o which_o if_o it_o respect_v the_o first_o sense_n of_o the_o forego_n verse_n it_o denote_v the_o splendour_n and_o prosperity_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n in_o what_o honour_n and_o repute_v the_o citizen_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n especial_o the_o good_a minister_n pastor_n or_o teacher_n and_o godly_a magistrate_n in_o what_o high_a esteem_n and_o veneration_n they_o will_v live_v in_o counterdistinction_n to_o that_o wretched_a rabble_n that_o be_v exclude_v the_o holy_a city_n but_o if_o it_o respect_v the_o second_o sense_n it_o intimate_v the_o different_a degree_n of_o the_o glorify_a body_n of_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o resurrection_n which_o the_o apostle_n set_v off_o by_o compare_v one_o star_n with_o another_o for_o one_o star_n differ_v from_o another_o star_n in_o glory_n but_o daniel_n by_o compare_v the_o brightness_n of_o the_o firmament_n with_o that_o more_o vigorous_a lustre_n in_o the_o star_n themselves_o make_v a_o great_a difference_n betwixt_o that_o share_n of_o glory_n and_o happiness_n which_o successful_a teacher_n and_o instructer_n of_o the_o people_n in_o the_o way_n of_o holiness_n and_o faithful_a magistrate_n shall_v have_v and_o that_o which_o shall_v fall_v to_o their_o lot_n who_o activity_n have_v reach_v no_o far_a than_o the_o concern_v of_o their_o own_o soul_n and_o thus_o we_o see_v this_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n to_o reach_v to_o the_o very_a end_n of_o the_o world_n the_o general_a resurrection_n when_o the_o good_a shall_v be_v reward_v with_o that_o immarcescible_a crown_n of_o eternal_a glory_n and_o the_o wicked_a sentence_v to_o everlasting_a fire_n what_o follow_v concern_v the_o obscurity_n and_o intelligibleness_n of_o these_o prediction_n in_o this_o last_o vision_n and_o other_o that_o tend_v to_o the_o same_o scope_n when_o and_o by_o who_o they_o be_v likely_a to_o be_v understand_v and_o by_o who_o not_o understand_v 4._o but_o thou_o o_o daniel_n shut_v up_o the_o word_n and_o seal_v the_o book_n even_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n this_o command_n to_o daniel_n to_o seal_v the_o book_n be_v a_o kind_n of_o prediction_n that_o the_o book_n will_v not_o be_v unseal_v as_o to_o the_o aforesaid_a vision_n till_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n that_o be_v till_o the_o last_o time_n or_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n for_o that_o be_v the_o four_o and_o last_o monarchy_n but_o then_o in_o that_o time_n many_o shall_v run_v to_o and_o fro_o that_o be_v be_v inquisitive_a and_o hunt_v after_o truth_n and_o knowledge_n shall_v be_v increase_v that_o be_v they_o shall_v not_o altogether_o hunt_v in_o vain_a but_o many_o shall_v find_v the_o truth_n and_o understand_v the_o come_n of_o christ_n by_o the_o help_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o this_o book_n when_o he_o shall_v appear_v as_o also_o in_o the_o latter_a part_n of_o these_o last_o time_n the_o come_v likewise_o of_o antichrist_n which_o be_v chief_o here_o aim_v at_o when_o knowledge_n shall_v most_o of_o all_o abound_v as_o it_o have_v very_o much_o this_o last_o age_n or_o two_o 5._o then_o i_o daniel_n look_v and_o behold_v there_o stand_v other_o two_o angel_n suppose_v in_o the_o shape_n of_o man_n the_o one_o on_o this_o side_n of_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o river_n viz._n of_o hiddekel_n or_o tigris_n ch_n 10._o 4._o and_o the_o â—…ther_n on_o that_o side_n of_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o river_n these_o two_o angel_n signify_v two_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o two_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n and_o st._n jerome_n make_v they_o the_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o greece_n and_o persia_n alcazar_n of_o syria_n and_o egypt_n but_o this_o be_v out_o of_o inadvertency_n to_o what_o time_n this_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n reach_v which_o be_v to_o the_o time_n 〈◊〉_d the_o roman_a empire_n and_o maâ—â—metan_n whence_o we_o may_v reasonable_o collect_v that_o as_o there_o have_v be_v mention_n make_v of_o the_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o persia_n and_o grecia_n ch_n 10._o and_o also_o of_o judaea_n so_o these_o two_o angel_n be_v bring_v in_o as_o the_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o those_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n that_o this_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n reach_v to_o namely_o the_o presidentiary_n angel_n of_o the_o roman_a and_o mahometan_a empire_n 6._o and_o one_o say_v to_o the_o man_n clothe_v in_o linen_n which_o be_v upon_o the_o water_n of_o the_o river_n viz._n to_o the_o man_n describe_v ch_n 10._o 5._o namely_o to_o palmoni_n or_o christ_n himself_o how_o long_o shall_v it_o be_v to_o the_o end_n of_o these_o wonder_n that_o be_v how_o long_o shall_v these_o wonderful_a thing_n that_o have_v be_v here_o foretell_v continue_v 7._o and_o i_o hear_v the_o man_n clothe_v in_o linen_n viz._n he_o that_o be_v describe_v ch_n 10._o 5._o and_o who_o description_n be_v somewhat_o like_a that_o of_o christ_n apoc._n 1_o v._o 13_o 14_o etc._n etc._n and_o that_o in_o ch_n 10._o 1._o which_o be_v upon_o the_o water_n of_o the_o river_n but_o apoc._n 10._o 2._o be_v say_v to_o set_v his_o right_a foot_n on_o the_o sea_n and_o his_o left_a foot_n on_o the_o earth_n when_o he_o hold_v up_o his_o right_a hand_n and_o his_o left_a hand_n unto_o heaven_n as_o the_o angel_n apoc._n 10._o 5._o be_v say_v to_o lift_v up_o his_o hand_n to_o heaven_n which_o be_v the_o posture_n of_o they_o that_o swear_v and_o swear_v by_o he_o that_o live_v for_o ever_o that_o it_o shall_v be_v for_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n namely_o those_o more_o marvellous_a thing_n especial_o foretell_v of_o that_o king_n of_o pride_n ch_n 11._o v._n 36_o 37_o 38._o that_o they_o shall_v continue_v so_o long_o about_o three_o prophetical_a year_n and_o a_o half_a or_o forty_o two_o prophetical_a month_n as_o the_o apocalypse_n express_v it_o which_o be_v the_o time_n also_o of_o the_o little_a horn_n with_o eye_n dan._n 7._o 25._o who_o be_v the_o same_o with_o this_o king_n of_o pride_n and_o when_o he_o shall_v have_v accomplish_v to_o scatter_v the_o power_n of_o the_o holy_a people_n that_o be_v after_o the_o
pope_n yet_o he_o can_v not_o but_o allow_v they_o this_o character_n who_o notwithstanding_o say_v he_o if_o you_o ask_v they_o concern_v their_o faith_n there_o be_v nothing_o more_o christian_n if_o you_o consider_v their_o conversation_n there_o be_v nothing_o more_o irreprehensible_a and_o they_o make_v good_a their_o word_n by_o their_o deed_n who_o will_v know_v more_o of_o these_o excellent_a christian_n let_v he_o read_v paul_n perrin_n and_o thus_o admirable_o be_v the_o prophetic_a purpose_n of_o this_o first_o number_n fulfil_v in_o the_o publish_n of_o that_o book_n of_o the_o waldenses_n a._n d._n 1120._o and_o within_o the_o last_o quindenarie_a of_o that_o number_n and_o it_o be_v remarkable_a how_o in_o that_o age_n yea_o less_o than_o twenty_o year_n before_o the_o publish_n of_o that_o book_n all_o the_o world_n be_v in_o expectation_n of_o antichrist_n be_v reveal_v insomuch_o that_o pope_n pasâ—…hal_v himself_o when_o he_o intend_v for_o gallia_n cisalpina_n stop_v his_o journey_n at_o florence_n be_v strike_v with_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o rumour_n which_o be_v understand_v of_o such_o a_o antichrist_n as_o the_o ancient_a father_n fancy_v to_o themselves_o and_o the_o romanist_n will_v seem_v to_o believe_v which_o circumstance_n be_v not_o without_o a_o providence_n that_o it_o may_v be_v more_o remarkable_o impress_v upon_o the_o capable_a who_o it_o be_v that_o be_v indeed_o the_o true_a antichrist_n to_o who_o that_o title_n so_o often_o use_v by_o the_o father_n do_v of_o right_a belong_v but_o now_o for_o the_o other_o number_n the_o fulfil_n of_o its_o prophetical_a indication_n be_v also_o admirable_a for_o not_o precise_o tie_v ourselves_o to_o the_o year_n 1168._o by_o take_v the_o middle_n of_o the_o six_o year_n of_o the_o transgression_n that_o make_v desolate_a for_o our_o epocha_n betwixt_o the_o year_n 1160._o and_o 1170_o and_o if_o another_o quindenarie_a be_v add_v to_o it_o it_o will_v break_v no_o square_n provide_v that_o thing_n happen_v within_o that_o quindenarie_a upon_o this_o revelation_n of_o antichrist_n innumerable_a multitude_n of_o man_n be_v awaken_v as_o with_o a_o trumpet_n into_o the_o ancient_a apostolic_a faith_n who_o they_o call_v waldenses_n &_o albigenses_n and_o by_o other_o name_n but_o they_o call_v themselves_o apostolici_fw-la who_o stand_v so_o sâ—…outly_o to_o the_o faith_n that_o no_o persecution_n which_o present_o ensue_v can_v change_v their_o mind_n or_o make_v they_o alter_v their_o profession_n though_o about_o ten_o hundred_o thousand_o of_o they_o and_o that_o in_o france_n alone_o be_v put_v to_o death_n if_o paulus_n perrionius_fw-la compute_v right_a in_o his_o history_n of_o they_o and_o these_o be_v that_o faithful_a martyr_n antipas_n who_o be_v slay_v in_o the_o lofty_a pergamus_n where_o satan_n seat_n be_v as_o christ_n complain_v in_o his_o epistle_n to_o the_o church_n there_o and_o they_o have_v the_o privilege_n of_o martyr_n who_o be_v faithful_a unto_o death_n it_o be_v say_v here_o in_o daniel_n blessed_n be_v he_o that_o wait_v and_o come_v to_o the_o 1335_o day_n but_o this_o i_o have_v note_v already_o in_o my_o exposition_n i_o will_v only_o add_v one_o note_n more_o what_o a_o childish_a thing_n it_o be_v or_o worse_o to_o have_v recourse_n to_o the_o ancient_a father_n for_o a_o certain_a and_o distinct_a knowledge_n of_o these_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n and_o there_o be_v the_o same_o reason_n for_o those_o of_o the_o apocalypse_n whenas_o it_o be_v thus_o express_o signify_v in_o daniel_n that_o these_o mystery_n touch_v antichrist_n will_v be_v seal_v up_o till_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n and_o particular_o till_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o 1290_o year_n from_o the_o profanation_n of_o the_o temple_n by_o antiochus_n i.e._n till_o about_o 1100_o and_o odd_a year_n after_o christ._n that_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n be_v prefigure_v and_o foretell_v by_o these_o and_o such_o like_a prophecy_n so_o far_o the_o ancient_a father_n be_v right_a and_o so_o far_o their_o testimony_n stand_v for_o we_o but_o when_o those_o time_n will_v be_v or_o who_o will_v prove_v that_o antichrist_n that_o be_v leave_v for_o the_o faithful_a to_o find_v out_o by_o the_o assâ—…stance_n of_o god_n spirit_n when_o the_o time_n of_o that_o revelation_n by_o god_n appointment_n be_v come_v which_o be_v about_o the_o time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o waldenses_n and_o albigenses_n but_o to_o deny_v the_o people_n of_o god_n the_o assistance_n of_o his_o spirit_n to_o keep_v up_o the_o credit_n of_o the_o father_n and_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o church_n as_o if_o we_o can_v be_v assure_v of_o nothing_o unless_o they_o tell_v we_o it_o be_v so_o be_v the_o very_a dregs_o of_o antichristianism_n and_o the_o very_a pit_n of_o slime_n and_o spawn_n out_o of_o which_o antichrist_n do_v arise_v and_o though_o man_n do_v not_o so_o easy_o observe_v it_o a_o bid_a defiance_n to_o our_o very_a baptism_n whereby_o we_o be_v baptise_a in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o father_n son_n and_o holy_a ghost_n which_o be_v not_o to_o make_v a_o mere_a dry_a profession_n of_o the_o triunity_n of_o the_o godhead_n but_o to_o remind_v we_o what_o a_o lively_a faith_n we_o ought_v to_o have_v in_o the_o son_n for_o his_o â—…ending_v the_o spirit_n from_o his_o father_n according_a to_o promise_v to_o sanctify_v we_o to_o strengthen_v we_o and_o illuminate_v we_o and_o to_o carry_v we_o on_o in_o the_o process_n of_o real_a regeneration_n in_o which_o we_o shall_v attain_v to_o eye_n as_o well_o as_o heart_n hand_n and_o foot_n whereby_o we_o shall_v be_v certain_o able_a to_o discern_v christ_n from_o antichrist_n and_o true_a prophet_n from_o impostor_n and_o it_o be_v no_o small_a piece_n of_o imposture_n in_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o he_o will_v permit_v no_o other_o horn_n to_o see_v beside_o himself_o or_o with_o no_o other_o eye_n but_o he_o the_o threefold_a appendage_n to_o the_o prophecy_n or_o divine_a uision_n of_o daniel_n the_o first_o a_o confutation_n of_o the_o opinion_n of_o hugo_n grotius_n who_o make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n the_o second_o the_o author_n apology_n for_o his_o place_v the_o seven_o vial_n within_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n after_o the_o riâ—…ing_n of_o the_o witness_n contrary_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o mr._n mâ—…de_n as_o also_o for_o his_o make_v the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a wherein_o the_o witness_n lie_v dead_a the_o same_o with_o daniel_n three_o time_n and_o a_o half_a the_o three_o his_o twenty_o argument_n whereby_o he_o do_v prove_v that_o the_o seven_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n be_v a_o prâ—…phecy_n of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n cast_v into_o seven_o interâ—â—ls_n from_o the_o begin_n thereof_o to_o the_o last_o judgmeâ—â—_n a_o confutation_n of_o the_o opinion_n of_o hugo_n grotius_n who_o make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n take_v out_o of_o synops._n prophet_n book_n 2._o chapter_n xiii_o 1._o that_o prophecy_n also_o in_o daniel_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o be_v say_v to_o change_v time_n and_o law_n be_v a_o express_a prediction_n of_o that_o antichristian_a opposition_n which_o be_v against_o the_o regal_a office_n of_o christ._n for_o that_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o two-horned_a beast_n or_o the_o whore_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n i_o think_v no_o man_n will_v scruple_n that_o consider_v that_o this_o horn_n be_v part_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n which_o be_v decipher_v by_o ten_o horn_n and_o that_o it_o belong_v to_o that_o time_n when_o the_o kingdom_n be_v actual_o ten-horned_n which_o be_v not_o in_o succession_n but_o together_o as_o the_o tenâ—…toes_n of_o the_o statue_n which_o answer_n to_o these_o ten_o horn_n do_v not_o â—…ignify_v the_o succession_n of_o ten_o king_n but_o ten_o king_n rank_v in_o the_o same_o time_n as_o the_o toe_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o image_n which_o have_v not_o proper_o a_o precedency_n but_o rather_o a_o co-ordination_a in_o site_n 2._o now_o thaâ—…_n the_o four_o kingdom_n which_o be_v prefigure_v by_o the_o ironâ—…legs_n foot_n and_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n and_o by_o the_o beast_n with_o iron_n tooth_n and_o ten_o horn_n be_v not_o that_o of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n as_o grotius_n will_v have_v it_o but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n there_o be_v these_o weighty_a reason_n to_o convince_v we_o first_o it_o be_v the_o universal_a sense_n of_o all_o ecclesiastic_a writâ—…rs_n that_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n as_o both_o cornelius_n à _fw-la lapide_fw-la and_o gasper_n sanctius_n both_o of_o they_o jesuit_n yet_o do_v roundly_o assert_v the_o word_n of_o the_o latter_a be_v these_o est_fw-la ergò_fw-la omnium_fw-la sententiâ_fw-la innominata_fw-la
haec_fw-la atque_fw-la horribilis_fw-la bellua_fw-la romanum_fw-la imperium_fw-la neque_fw-la necesse_fw-la est_fw-la quenquam_fw-la nomiâ—…are_fw-la cum_fw-la nemo_fw-la non_fw-la dicat_fw-la 3._o second_o that_o it_o can_v be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n as_o grotius_n will_v bear_v we_o in_o hand_n in_o which_o odd_a conceit_n of_o his_o he_o forsake_v the_o judgement_n of_o the_o whole_a church_n of_o christ_n to_o follow_v porphyrius_n his_o who_o be_v a_o swear_a enemy_n to_o the_o christian_a religion_n appear_v from_o what_o be_v say_v daniel_n 7._o 23._o the_o four_o beast_n shall_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n upon_o earth_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d quâ—…d_n majus_fw-la erit_fw-la omnibus_fw-la regniâ—…_n which_o shall_v be_v great_a than_o all_o kingdom_n so_o the_o vulgar_a latin_a and_o vatablus_n the_o seventy_o also_o render_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o it_o agree_v best_a with_o what_o follow_v and_o shall_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n which_o must_v be_v understand_v in_o such_o a_o sense_n as_o earth_n be_v before_o and_o shall_v tread_v it_o down_o and_o break_v it_o in_o piece_n which_o it_o can_v not_o be_v say_v to_o do_v unless_o it_o be_v so_o great_a a_o kingdom_n as_o be_v here_o intimate_v now_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o lagidae_n *_o be_v neither_o great_a more_o excellent_a nor_o a_o more_o victorious_a kingdom_n than_o any_o of_o the_o three_o precede_a namely_o the_o babylonian_a persian_a and_o that_o of_o alexander_n the_o great_a from_o who_o kingdom_n they_o will_v make_v this_o of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n distinct_a wherefore_o their_o kingdom_n can_v be_v this_o four_o this_o inference_n be_v so_o plain_a to_o gasper_n sanctius_n that_o he_o do_v though_o but_o just_o yet_o very_o severe_o chastise_v porphyrius_n for_o this_o error_n which_o grotius_n have_v so_o unlucky_o take_v up_o for_o he_o break_v out_o into_o these_o word_n upon_o this_o text_n vide_fw-la porphyrii_fw-la stuporem_fw-la &_o oscitantiam_fw-la in_fw-la cujus_fw-la mentem_fw-la venire_fw-la potuit_fw-la â—…ut_fw-la existimaverit_fw-la regnum_fw-la eorum_fw-la qui_fw-la alexandro_n successere_fw-la omnium_fw-la esse_fw-la maximum_fw-la quodque_fw-la omnem_fw-la terram_fw-la sibi_fw-la subjecerit_fw-la conculcaveritque_fw-la cum_fw-la reliquis_fw-la regnis_fw-la longè_fw-la fuerit_fw-la infirmius_fw-la &_o ab_fw-la omnibus_fw-la concisum_fw-la out_o malè_fw-la vexatum_fw-la nay_o the_o very_a prophecy_n itself_o make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n less_o than_o he_o in_o power_n and_o greatness_n dan._n 8._o 22._o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o four_o kingdom_n shall_v stand_v up_o but_o not_o in_o the_o power_n of_o alexander_n which_o be_v they_o shall_v be_v inâ—…eriour_a to_o he_o which_o questionless_a be_v mean_v of_o they_o joint_o it_o be_v a_o needless_a intimation_n of_o they_o single_a 4._o three_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o iron_n leg_n and_o toe_n and_o of_o the_o ten_o horn_a beast_n with_o iron_n tooth_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n according_a to_o grotius_n his_o own_o acknowledgement_n which_o he_o make_v that_o of_o the_o seleucidoe_n and_o lagidae_n now_o it_o be_v say_v that_o a_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o a_o mountain_n without_o hand_n shall_v break_v in_o piece_n these_o leg_n and_o toe_n nay_o the_o whole_a image_n oâ—…_n iron_n brass_n silver_n and_o gold_n and_o so_o succeed_v this_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n according_a to_o his_o sense_n oâ—…_n the_o vision_n and_o ch._n 7._o one_o like_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n come_v to_o receive_v a_o kingdom_n namely_o upon_o the_o destruction_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanâ—…s_n that_o little_a horn_n among_o the_o ten_o in_o this_o four_o kingdom_n of_o grotius_n his_o frame_n of_o who_o it_o be_v say_v at_o the_o 21_o verse_n i_o behold_v and_o the_o same_o horn_n make_v war_n with_o the_o saint_n and_o prevail_v against_o they_o until_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n come_v and_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a which_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o son_n of_o man_n his_o come_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n to_o receive_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n vers_fw-la 13._o and_o both_o agree_v with_o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o without_o hand_n to_o show_v it_o be_v not_o the_o work_n of_o man_n but_o of_o the_o antieâ—â—_n of_o day_n god_n himself_o and_o that_o this_o be_v indeed_o the_o very_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o interpreter_n ever_o have_v expound_v it_o which_o be_v a_o perfect_a contradiction_n to_o grotius_n his_o dream_n that_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o iron_n tooth_n and_o the_o iron_n leg_n of_o the_o image_n denote_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidoe_n and_o seleucidae_n and_o tâ—…at_a antiochus_n be_v this_o little_a horn._n *_o for_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v dead_a almost_o two_o hundred_o year_n before_o christ_n so_o much_o as_o preach_v the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o kingdom_n or_o have_v any_o disciple_n to_o follow_v he_o and_o yet_o it_o be_v say_v dan._n 2._o 44._o and_o in_o tâ—…e_a day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n which_o shall_v never_o be_v destroy_v from_o which_o passage_n i_o doubt_v not_o but_o that_o phrase_n the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n as_o also_o from_o that_o above_o the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n do_v so_o often_o occur_v in_o the_o gospel_n as_o also_o that_o title_n which_o christ_n so_o often_o give_v himself_o of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n and_o grotius_n himself_o upon_o matthew_n 8._o 20._o acknowledge_v that_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o son_n of_o man_n mention_v dan._n 7._o 13._o be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o messiah_n wherefore_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n shall_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n 5._o but_o here_o grotius_n contrary_a to_o his_o judgement_n when_o he_o write_v upon_o matthew_n have_v find_v a_o device_n which_o be_v scarce_o to_o be_v utter_v without_o horror_n and_o astonishment_n so_o that_o i_o be_o infinite_o amaze_v that_o a_o man_n otherwise_o so_o learned_a and_o laudable_a as_o he_o speak_v of_o porphyrius_n shall_v be_v mislead_v into_o so_o bad_a a_o adventure_n the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n according_a to_o he_o be_v populus_fw-la romanus_n nullum_fw-la intra_fw-la se_fw-la habens_fw-la regem_fw-la when_o our_o saviour_n christ_n intimate_v to_o the_o high_a priest_n that_o he_o be_v that_o son_n of_o man_n that_o shall_v come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n it_o seem_v so_o high_a a_o arrogation_n that_o he_o rend_v his_o clothes_n and_o say_v he_o have_v speak_v blasphemy_n and_o true_o i_o think_v that_o neither_o jew_n nor_o christian_a can_v well_o acquit_v grotius_n of_o that_o crime_n who_o attribute_n that_o which_o be_v the_o peculiar_a character_n of_o the_o messiah_n to_o a_o profane_a and_o pagan_a people_n and_o that_o forsooth_o because_o they_o have_v no_o king_n as_o if_o they_o be_v ever_o the_o better_a for_o that_o but_o they_o have_v king_n at_o first_o and_o both_o in_o the_o infancy_n of_o their_o empire_n and_o afterward_o they_o have_v a_o supreme_a power_n so_o great_a and_o imperial_a as_o may_v excuse_v they_o from_o the_o least_o show_n of_o contempt_n they_o have_v always_o over_o they_o a_o sovereignty_n so_o that_o they_o can_v not_o be_v deem_v the_o son_n of_o man_n for_o any_o such_o private_a condition_n for_o the_o summa_fw-la potestas_fw-la be_v the_o summa_fw-la potestas_fw-la under_o what_o name_n or_o form_n soever_o and_o of_o the_o same_o real_a grandeur_n beside_o that_o they_o be_v a_o most_o glorious_a and_o victorious_a people_n before_o antiochus_n his_o time_n so_o that_o it_o be_v a_o very_a dilute_a and_o sapless_a conceit_n of_o grotius_n to_o apply_v the_o phrase_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n to_o they_o for_o any_o inconsiderableness_n in_o they_o or_o obscurity_n for_o they_o be_v not_o so_o in_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n 6._o again_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n and_o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o without_o hand_n be_v all_o one_o both_o in_o truth_n and_o according_a to_o grotius_n his_o own_o concession_n but_o this_o stone_n be_v christ_n and_o his_o kingdom_n as_o be_v heavenly_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o thing_n erect_v not_o by_o human_a power_n but_o by_o the_o power_n and_o spirit_n of_o god_n that_o this_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o without_o hand_n be_v the_o general_a vote_n of_o interpreter_n s._n jerom_n irenaeus_n justin_n epiphanius_n s._n augustin_n theodoret_n and_o several_a other_o where_o think_v you_o do_v grotius_n take_v shelter_n now_o why_o this_o figure_n which_o be_v so_o appropriate_a to_o christ_n and_o mention_v of_o he_o so_o often_o in_o the_o new_a testament_n this_o stone_n
must_v be_v cast_v away_o as_o if_o it_o be_v neither_o precious_a nor_o a_o cornerstone_n and_o be_v bestow_v again_o on_o a_o pagan_a people_n the_o roman_n for_o so_o grotius_n do_v not_o stick_v to_o profess_v idem_fw-la lapis_fw-la &_o filius_fw-la hominis_fw-la and_o he_o make_v the_o son_n of_o man_n before_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n but_o can_v a_o man_n believe_v that_o the_o original_a or_o success_n of_o that_o people_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o thing_n bring_v to_o pass_v by_o the_o special_a power_n and_o spirit_n of_o god_n and_o not_o more_o humano_fw-la according_a to_o the_o usual_a course_n of_o the_o world_n and_o that_o not_o of_o the_o best_a kind_n their_o beginning_n be_v help_v on_o by_o a_o rabble_n of_o ruffian_n and_o robber_n 7._o no_o but_o that_o be_v not_o grotius_n his_o gloss_n you_o will_v â—…ay_v let_v we_o therefore_o hear_v what_o it_o be_v lapis_fw-la abscissus_fw-la de_fw-fr monte_fw-fr sine_fw-la maâ—…ibus_fw-la according_a to_o he_o be_v exercitus_fw-la populi_fw-la qui_fw-la suae_fw-la esset_fw-la spontis_fw-la nullique_fw-la regi_fw-la pareret_fw-la cujâ—…s_fw-la populi_fw-la origo_fw-la à _fw-la monte_fw-la nempe_fw-la palatino_n in_o which_o there_o be_v nothing_o sound_v nor_o solid_a for_o be_v this_o roman_a army_n any_o thing_n more_o suae_fw-la spontis_fw-la in_fw-la that_o they_o have_v not_o a_o kingly_a government_n at_o rome_n that_o supreme_a power_n of_o consul_n and_o senator_n be_v as_o directive_n and_o coactive_a as_o if_o it_o have_v be_v regal_a so_o that_o the_o motion_n of_o this_o army_n be_v never_o the_o more_o spontaneous_a for_o this_o again_o the_o stone_n cut_v from_o the_o mountain_n without_o hand_n imply_v that_o it_o be_v then_o spontaneous_o divide_v from_o the_o mountain_n when_o it_o be_v say_v to_o be_v cut_v thence_o but_o when_o the_o roman_n first_o issue_v from_o mount_n palatine_n yea_o so_o soon_o as_o they_o be_v populus_fw-la romanus_n regal_a government_n be_v among_o they_o it_o be_v the_o first_o government_n of_o this_o â—…eople_n and_o therefore_o they_o be_v not_o then_o populus_fw-la suae_fw-la spontis_fw-la according_a to_o grotius_n his_o own_o conceit_n so_o that_o he_o can_v bring_v both_o end_n together_o and_o last_o to_o interpret_v mountain_n here_o in_o a_o literal_a sense_n be_v unskilful_o do_v and_o not_o according_a to_o the_o analogy_n of_o the_o prophetic_a style_n nor_o the_o very_a intimation_n of_o the_o present_a text_n which_o say_v the_o little_a stone_n become_v a_o great_a mountain_n itself_o and_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n wherefore_o this_o mountain_n signify_v not_o literal_o but_o political_o there_o be_v no_o question_n but_o the_o other_o do_v so_o too_o and_o that_o the_o stone_n be_v in_o some_o sense_n homogeneal_a to_o this_o rocky_a mountain_n whence_o the_o sense_n be_v plain_o this_o that_o out_o of_o the_o great_a mountain_n that_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o people_n raise_v not_o by_o human_a power_n or_o policy_n but_o by_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n and_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n by_o jesus_n christ_n and_o his_o apostle_n which_o shall_v be_v a_o peculiar_a people_n to_o he_o and_o becomâ—…_n the_o subject_n of_o his_o kingdom_n that_o be_v to_o say_v that_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n shall_v be_v cut_v out_o of_o the_o roman_a empire_n without_o human_a help_n this_o be_v a_o most_o easy_a and_o undistorted_a sense_n and_o against_o which_o there_o can_v be_v make_v the_o least_o exception_n 8._o four_o which_o i_o have_v already_o intimate_v above_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o iron_n tooth_n and_o the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o iron_n leg_n of_o the_o statue_n signify_v the_o same_o thing_n wherefore_o it_o be_v plain_a since_o the_o ten_o toe_n imply_v a_o coexistence_n of_o the_o ten_o horn_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o coordination_n of_o their_o site_n that_o there_o must_v be_v ten_o king_n together_o in_o the_o four_o kingdom_n but_o in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o lagidae_n there_o be_v not_o ten_o king_n together_o all_o at_o once_o therefore_o that_o kingdom_n be_v not_o the_o four_o 9_o five_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n part_n of_o this_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n be_v say_v to_o riâ—…e_v up_o in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n dan._n 8._o 22_o 23._o wherefore_o this_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n have_v expire_v near_o two_o thousand_o year_n ago_o but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n reach_v even_o to_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n dan._n 7._o 9_o 10._o and_o i_o behold_v till_o the_o throne_n be_v cast_v down_o and_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n do_v sit_v his_o throne_n be_v like_o the_o fiery_a flame_n and_o his_o wheel_n as_o burniâ—…g_v fire_n a_o fiery_a stream_n issue_v and_o come_v forth_o from_o before_o he_o thousand_o thousand_o minister_v unto_o he_o and_o ten_o thousand_o time_n ten_o thousand_o stand_v before_o he_o *_o the_o judgement_n be_v set_v and_o the_o book_n be_v open_v etc._n etc._n that_o this_o be_v the_o description_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n be_v the_o general_a opinion_n of_o both_o christian_n and_o jew_n and_o answer_v exact_o to_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n and_o the_o open_n of_o the_o book_n apoc._n 20._o which_o grotius_n himself_o do_v interpret_v of_o the_o last_o day_n whence_o we_o may_v safe_o conclude_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n be_v not_o the_o four_o kingdom_n as_o have_v cease_v so_o long_o before_o that_o time_n though_o we_o understand_v the_o day_n of_o judgement_n in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o rabbin_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d according_a to_o which_o the_o meaning_n of_o i_o behold_v till_o the_o throne_n be_v set_v and_o the_o book_n be_v open_v be_v this_o that_o the_o prophet_n daniel_n have_v a_o prospect_n even_o to_o the_o utmost_a end_n of_o that_o great_a day_n but_o he_o begin_v more_o particular_o at_o the_o begin_n of_o that_o day_n in_o the_o eleven_o verse_n but_o this_o i_o have_v only_o note_v by_o the_o by_o 10._o six_o and_o last_o alexander_n kingdom_n and_o that_o of_o his_o successor_n be_v all_o one_o kingdom_n but_o that_o of_o alexander_n be_v the_o three_o according_a to_o grotius_n his_o own_o concession_n now_o that_o that_o of_o his_o successor_n of_o which_o line_n be_v the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n be_v one_o kingdom_n with_o that_o of_o alexander_n be_v evident_a out_o of_o daniel_n ch._n 8._o 21._o the_o rough_a goat_n be_v the_o king_n of_o graecia_n and_o the_o great_a horn_n that_o be_v betâ—…ixt_v his_o eye_n be_v the_o first_o king_n now_o that_o be_v break_v whereas_o four_o stand_v up_o for_o it_o four_o kingdom_n shall_v stand_v up_o out_o of_o the_o nation_n but_o not_o in_o his_o power_n this_o be_v one_o plain_a proof_n that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n be_v all_o one_o kingdom_n for_o he_o call_v alexander_n the_o first_o king_n which_o necessary_o imply_v that_o his_o successor_n be_v the_o second_o and_o that_o therefore_o they_o all_o belong_v to_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n nay_o he_o say_v plain_o that_o these_o four_o horn_n stand_v up_o for_o that_o great_a one_o that_o be_v in_o his_o stead_n what_o be_v this_o but_o to_o succeed_v in_o place_n of_o he_o as_o the_o head_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o empire_n for_o no_o new_a beast_n be_v say_v to_o succeed_v this_o beast_n but_o the_o horn_n the_o horn._n and_o then_o the_o compare_v of_o they_o and_o say_v but_o not_o in_o his_o power_n far_o intimate_v a_o cognation_n and_o succession_n of_o one_o line_n and_o that_o he_o do_v noâ—…_n speak_v of_o the_o head_n of_o two_o different_a kingdom_n which_o appear_v far_o from_o vers_fw-la 8._o therefore_o the_o goat_n wax_v very_o great_a and_o when_o he_o be_v strong_a the_o great_a horn_n be_v break_v and_o foâ—…_n it_o come_v up_o four_o notable_a one_o towards_o the_o four_o wind_n of_o heaven_n but_o where_o shall_v these_o come_v up_o but_o on_o that_o head_n that_o have_v lose_v this_o great_a horn_n which_o be_v compensated_a with_o four_o lesser_a one_o *_o though_o in_o their_o kind_a notable_a for_o it_o be_v very_o incongruous_a and_o extravagant_a to_o fancy_n they_o to_o come_v up_o in_o any_o other_o and_o sure_o if_o they_o have_v belong_v to_o any_o other_o beast_n that_o beast_n will_v not_o fail_v to_o have_v be_v name_v wherefore_o they_o must_v either_o grow_v out_o of_o this_o goat_n head_n or_o no_o where_o unless_o out_o of_o the_o ground_n which_o be_v ridiculous_a and_o therefore_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o alexander_n kingdom_n and_o that_o of_o his_o successor_n be_v but_o one_o kingdom_n for_o that_o goat_n be_v but_o one_o
and_o the_o same_o goat_n under_o the_o succession_n of_o this_o variety_n of_o horn_n 11._o and_o yet_o there_o be_v still_o great_a evidence_n of_o this_o truth_n from_o ch._n 7._o 6._o after_o which_o i_o behold_v and_o lo_o another_o like_o a_o leopard_n which_o have_v upon_o the_o back_n of_o it_o four_o wing_n of_o a_o fowl_n the_o beast_n have_v also_o four_o head_n and_o dominiâ—…n_o be_v give_v unto_o it_o that_o the_o four_o head_n of_o this_o beast_n be_v the_o four_o successor_n of_o alexander_n *_o namely_o perdicca_n seleucus_n ptolemaeus_n meleager_n grotius_n himself_o do_v frank_o confess_v the_o wing_n therefore_o denote_v the_o four_o kingdom_n alexander_n empire_n be_v divide_v into_o after_o his_o decease_n which_o be_v still_o look_v upon_o as_o one_o beast_n notwithstanding_o as_o the_o roman_a be_v with_o its_o division_n into_o ten_o kingdom_n note_v by_o ten_o horn_n or_o into_o oriental_n and_o occidental_a figure_v by_o the_o two_o wing_n of_o a_o eagle_n here_o grotius_n if_o he_o will_v speak_v out_o will_v make_v alexander_n the_o beast_n as_o he_o have_v domitian_n and_o other_o in_o the_o apocalypse_n against_o all_o the_o law_n of_o prophetic_a interpretation_n nay_o indeed_o against_o all_o rhyme_n and_o reason_n for_o he_o gloss_n thus_o pardus_n variâ—…m_v animal_n â—…ic_a alexander_n moribus_fw-la variis_fw-la but_o how_o gross_o incongruous_a it_o be_v let_v any_o one_o consider_v for_o than_o will_v alexander_n be_v inferior_a to_o his_o four_o chief_a officer_n and_o they_o will_v be_v the_o head_n of_o he_o which_o be_v a_o political_a absurdity_n nay_o the_o head_n of_o he_o when_o he_o cease_v to_o be_v which_o be_v a_o absurdity_n metaphysical_a wherefore_o alexaâ—…der_n be_v the_o first_o head_n or_o great_a horn_n of_o this_o beast_n not_o the_o body_n of_o it_o that_o he_o may_v be_v superior_a to_o his_o four_o grand_a officer_n and_o not_o be_v the_o beast_n to_o bear_v these_o â—…our_n horn_n or_o head_n when_o he_o have_v quite_o cease_v to_o be_v on_o this_o stage_n of_o thing_n for_o these_o be_v not_o head_n nor_o horn_n before_o he_o wâ—…s_v dead_a alexander_n therefore_o be_v the_o first_o of_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o head_n or_o horn_n of_o this_o beast_n not_o the_o beast_n itself_o but_o to_o come_v up_o close_o to_o our_o business_n i_o say_v it_o be_v very_o manifest_a from_o thesâ—…â—…our_n head_n and_o four_o wing_n that_o this_o leopard_n be_v say_v to_o have_v that_o the_o three_o kingdom_n take_v into_o it_o the_o four_o first_o successor_n of_o alexander_n nothing_o can_v be_v more_o plain_a than_o this_o from_o the_o very_a text._n for_o the_o leopard_n be_v describe_v in_o the_o three_o place_n and_o immediate_o after_o he_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v mention_v and_o call_v the_o four_o v_o 7._o wherefore_o this_o four-headed_n leopard_n be_v plain_o the_o three_o beast_n but_o now_o that_o the_o succession_n of_o these_o four_o head_n even_o to_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v the_o succession_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n be_v plain_a from_o ch._n 8._o 22._o now_o that_o be_v break_v namely_o the_o great_a horn_n whereas_o four_o stand_v up_o for_o it_o four_o kingdom_n shall_v stand_v up_o out_o of_o the_o nation_n but_o not_o in_o his_o power_n and_o in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o their_o kingdom_n the_o original_a have_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o the_o seventy_o render_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o be_v the_o very_a same_o with_o our_o english_a and_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n of_o the_o translation_n a_o king_n of_o fierce_a countenance_n shall_v stand_v up_o which_o grotius_n and_o every_o one_o acknowledge_v to_o be_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n whence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o whole_a succession_n of_o alexander_n captain_n from_o the_o first_o four_o inclusive_o even_o to_o antiochus_n his_o time_n be_v one_o succession_n and_o one_o kingdom_n for_o he_o call_v the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n the_o last_o time_n of_o their_o kingdom_n wherefore_o it_o be_v plain_a see_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o with_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o four_o captain_n for_o that_o be_v the_o three_o kingdom_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o four_o captain_n the_o same_o with_o their_o succession_n even_o to_o antiochus_n his_o time_n that_o the_o whole_a succession_n from_o alexander_n to_o antiochus_n be_v one_o succession_n and_o one_o kingdom_n if_o this_o be_v not_o demonstrative_o true_a there_o be_v no_o demonstration_n in_o mathematics_n but_o if_o this_o be_v true_a the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n be_v not_o the_o four_o kingdom_n but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o râ—…mans_n according_a as_o all_o sober_a man_n have_v hitherto_o hold_v 12._o which_o we_o be_v so_o firm_o assure_v of_o we_o shall_v easy_o know_v where_o to_o seek_v for_o this_o little_a horn_n that_o be_v say_v to_o change_v time_n and_o law_n for_o where_o can_v we_o find_v it_o but_o among_o those_o many_o horn_n in_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n or_o empire_n not_o in_o the_o greek_a to_o which_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n appertain_v and_o we_o have_v already_o plain_o show_v *_o that_o the_o apocalyptick_a beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n be_v this_o roman_a kingdom_n and_o that_o this_o beast_n once_o heal_v or_o in_o such_o a_o condition_n that_o it_o may_v be_v say_v of_o he_o that_o he_o be_v the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v which_o be_v when_o he_o be_v become_v pagano_n christian_n be_v this_o empire_n actual_o divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n and_o that_o together_o with_o this_o division_n the_o empire_n begin_v to_o relapse_n gradual_o into_o idolatry_n by_o the_o agency_n and_o guidance_n of_o the_o two-horned_a beast_n or_o the_o whore_n who_o i_o hauâ—…_n also_o show_v to_o be_v synchronal_a to_o the_o heal_v beast_n or_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v 13._o but_o the_o beast_n restore_v or_o heal_v his_o duration_n be_v 42_o month_n which_o be_v 1260_o day_n or_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n for_o the_o abode_n of_o the_o woman_n in_o the_o wilderness_n be_v indifferent_o express_v by_o either_o of_o these_o latter_a and_o the_o first_o and_o the_o second_o be_v join_v together_o in_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o outward_a court_n and_o the_o two_o witness_n wherefore_o 42_o month_n and_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n be_v the_o same_o with_o 1260_o day_n they_o be_v the_o same_o one_o with_o another_o but_o this_o little_a horn_n in_o daniel_n we_o speak_v of_o his_o reign_n be_v also_o set_v out_o by_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n therefore_o it_o be_v of_o the_o same_o duration_n with_o the_o whore_n or_o two-horned_a beast_n which_o be_v synchronal_a to_o the_o beast_n restore_v who_o continuance_n be_v 42._o month_n wherefore_o it_o be_v a_o strong_a suspicion_n that_o there_o be_v a_o coincidence_n at_o least_o of_o time_n if_o not_o of_o affair_n or_o complication_n of_o nature_n if_o not_o identity_n of_o some_o betwixt_o this_o little_a horn_n in_o daniel_n and_o those_o three_o synchronal_n the_o restore_a beast_n the_o whore_n and_o the_o two-horned_a beast_n for_o that_o expression_n dan._n 7._o 24._o and_o another_o shall_v rise_v after_o they_o do_v not_o at_o all_o hinder_a since_o the_o seventy_o translate_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d behind_o they_o *_o it_o signify_v order_n of_o situation_n as_o well_o as_o of_o time_n and_o this_o be_v place_v behind_o be_v the_o most_o convenient_a posture_n for_o such_o a_o exploit_n as_o be_v attribute_v to_o this_o horn_n which_o be_v say_v to_o throw_v down_o or_o humble_v three_o king_n which_o be_v more_o by_o treachery_n and_o craft_n than_o open_a force_n 14._o now_o from_o this_o equality_n of_o time_n it_o will_v also_o follow_v *_o that_o the_o duration_n of_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v 1260_o year_n by_o the_o last_o confectary_n of_o our_o joint_a exposition_n which_o again_o show_v how_o impossible_a it_o be_v this_o horn_n shall_v be_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n to_o which_o you_o may_v add_v that_o it_o be_v say_v to_o be_v different_a from_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o horn_n in_o the_o explication_n of_o they_o *_o and_o the_o ten_o horn_n out_o of_o this_o kingdom_n that_o be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n as_o have_v be_v demonstrate_v be_v ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v and_o another_o shall_v rise_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d behind_o they_o and_o he_o shall_v be_v diverse_a from_o the_o rest_n and_o he_o shall_v subdue_v three_o king_n now_o i_o demand_v what_o one_o of_o the_o ten_o king_n or_o kingdom_n be_v so_o different_a from_o all_o the_o rest_n unless_o it_o be_v a_o ecclesiastical_a kingdom_n wherefore_o
christ_n be_v bear_v and_o at_o least_o fifty_o year_n before_o the_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n be_v so_o much_o as_o preach_v so_o plain_o impossible_a be_v it_o that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n shall_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n sect._n 9_o the_o judgement_n be_v set_v and_o the_o book_n be_v open_v etc._n etc._n this_o touch_v both_o upon_o the_o final_a judgement_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n the_o only_a horn_n with_o eye_n or_o see_v horn_n or_o if_o you_o will_v the_o seer_n the_o ancient_a name_n of_o a_o prophet_n for_o in_o old_a time_n the_o prophet_n be_v call_v seer_n this_o touch_v i_o say_v both_o upon_o the_o final_a judgement_n of_o this_o false_o pretend_a seer_n or_o pseudo-prophet_n as_o he_o be_v call_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n 9_o and_o on_o the_o general_a judgement_n at_o the_o last_o day_n when_o also_o in_o the_o apocalypse_n the_o book_n be_v say_v to_o be_v open_v but_o the_o near_a of_o these_o two_o point_n and_o it_o must_v signify_v either_o one_o or_o both_o be_v far_o enough_o remove_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n whenas_o the_o four_o kingdom_n necessary_o be_v understand_v dan._n 7._o 9_o 10._o to_o reach_n at_o least_o to_o the_o first_o point_n of_o that_o time_n of_o judgement_n whence_o it_o be_v impossible_a for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n this_o be_v in_o short_a the_o undeniable_a force_n of_o the_o argument_n sect._n 10._o though_o in_o their_o kind_n notable_a i_o have_v observe_v in_o my_o exposition_n that_o the_o four_o notable_a horn_n that_o come_v up_o be_v call_v notable_a in_o comparison_n of_o several_a other_o horn_n viz._n commander_n that_o succeed_v alexander_n in_o several_a lesser_a principality_n or_o satrapy_n but_o those_o notable_a one_o who_o they_o be_v we_o shall_v have_v occasion_n to_o note_v in_o the_o next_o section_n sect._n 11._o namely_o perdicca_n seleucus_n ptolemaeus_n meleager_n etc._n etc._n quorum_fw-la perdicca_n say_v grotius_n equitatui_fw-la macedonico_n externo_fw-la seleucus_n meleager_n satellitio_fw-la regio_fw-la ptolemaeus_n peditatui_fw-la praerant_fw-la quatuor_fw-la haec_fw-la capita_fw-la say_v he_o succreverant_fw-la loco_fw-la unius_fw-la where_o why_o he_o shall_v say_v succreverant_fw-la and_o not_o succreverunt_fw-la i_o know_v not_o unless_o he_o will_v insinuate_v that_o they_o have_v grow_v upon_o he_o so_o as_o to_o over-rule_v he_o in_o his_o life_n time_n which_o yet_o be_v gross_o false_a and_o inconsistent_a with_o the_o magnanimity_n of_o alexander_n nature_n as_o well_o as_o with_o history_n it_o make_v i_o suspect_v he_o will_v insinuate_v some_o such_o thing_n because_o no_o historian_n reckon_v meleager_n as_o one_o of_o those_o notable_a four_o horn_n or_o head_n that_o succeed_v the_o great_a horn_n after_o its_o fall_n he_o live_v himself_o not_o many_o day_n after_o alexander_n and_o no_o notice_n be_v take_v of_o his_o succession_n but_o those_o four_o notable_a successor_n of_o alexander_n historian_n take_v notice_n of_o as_o i_o have_v relate_v in_o my_o exposition_n and_o that_o these_o four_o horn_n must_v be_v understand_v to_o arise_v after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o first_o great_a one_o alexander_z himself_z be_v plain_a from_o the_o text._n but_o the_o four_o head_n and_o the_o four_o horn_n be_v all_o one_o according_a to_o grotius_n his_o own_o acknowledgement_n and_o the_o four_o head_n be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o leopard_n the_o three_o beast_n or_o greek_a empire_n and_o what_o can_v possible_o hinder_v then_o but_o that_o their_o successor_n also_o viz._n the_o successor_n of_o ptolemaeus_n lagi_n and_o of_o seleucus_n be_v head_n likewise_o of_o the_o greek_a empire_n but_o what_o a_o blind_a thing_n be_v prejudice_n that_o grotius_n can_v not_o see_v so_o clear_a a_o consequence_n but_o these_o thing_n i_o have_v pursue_v sufficient_o in_o my_o confutation_n itself_o sect._n 12._o that_o the_o apocalyptick_a beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n be_v this_o roman_a kingdom_n etc._n etc._n see_v synops._n prophet_n book_n 1._o ch._n 11._o sect._n 13._o it_o signify_v order_n of_o situation_n as_o well_o as_o of_o time_n etc._n etc._n but_o if_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v suppose_v to_o rise_v after_o the_o other_o in_o order_n of_o time_n it_o will_v be_v good_a sense_n that_o way_n also_o by_o a_o idiconaea_n which_o may_v restrain_v the_o sense_n of_o that_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n to_o the_o papal_a power_n when_o it_o emerge_v to_o that_o height_n that_o the_o pope_n may_v be_v more_o true_o say_v to_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v than_o the_o emperor_n sect._n 14._o that_o the_o duration_n of_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v 1260_o year_n by_o the_o last_o consectary_n of_o our_o joint-exposition_n the_o consectary_n be_v that_o all_o vision_n that_o be_v synchronal_a to_o that_o of_o the_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n which_o be_v say_v to_o continue_v forty_o two_o month_n have_v necessary_o the_o extent_n of_o 1260_o year_n see_v synops._n prophet_n book_n 2._o ch._n 5._o sect._n 16._o but_o style_v god_n and_o declare_v worthy_a of_o divine_a worship_n the_o reader_n for_o his_o full_a satisfaction_n in_o this_o point_n let_v he_o consult_v bishop_n downham_n de_fw-fr antichristo_fw-la lib._n 4._o cap._n 10._o where_o he_o prove_v that_o in_o the_o gloss_n of_o the_o canon_n law_n the_o pope_n be_v call_v dominus_fw-la deus_fw-la noster_fw-la and_o that_o there_o be_v no_o shuffle_n it_o off_o by_o say_v it_o be_v a_o erratum_fw-la of_o the_o press_n which_o be_v incredible_a that_o by_o mistake_n they_o shall_v intersert_v that_o word_n deus_fw-la but_o that_o rather_o the_o omission_n of_o it_o in_o whatsoever_o impression_n it_o be_v leave_v out_o be_v a_o erratum_fw-la typographicum_fw-la for_o whereas_o most_o edition_n have_v it_o say_v he_o and_o some_o few_o have_v leave_v it_o out_o the_o most_o accurate_a edition_n of_o all_o cause_v by_o pope_n gregory_n the_o thirteen_o who_o appoint_v certain_a skilful_a man_n to_o revise_v the_o gloss_n of_o the_o canon_n law_n have_v dominus_fw-la deus_fw-la noster_fw-la papa_n in_o it_o and_o this_o appellation_n of_o god_n and_o his_o receive_a adoration_n sit_v on_o the_o altar_n which_o be_v the_o proper_a throne_n of_o the_o body_n of_o christ_n to_o say_v nothing_o how_o it_o be_v also_o the_o place_n where_o they_o set_v their_o image_n to_o be_v worship_v suit_v well_o together_o and_o be_v a_o indication_n that_o a_o kind_n of_o divine_a honour_n or_o religious_a worship_n call_v it_o which_o you_o will_v be_v give_v to_o the_o pope_n see_v bishop_n downham_n in_o the_o place_n above_o cite_v these_o few_o note_n be_v more_o than_o enough_o upon_o this_o my_o confutation_n of_o grotius_n his_o opinion_n that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n the_o author_n apology_n for_o his_o place_v the_o seven_o vial_n within_o the_o seven_o trumpeâ—…_n after_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n contrary_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o mr._n mede_n etc._n etc._n i_o be_o i_o confess_v abundant_o convince_v in_o my_o own_o judgement_n that_o person_n of_o learning_n and_o part_n and_o sobriety_n of_o life_n that_o have_v pious_o apply_v themselves_o to_o the_o understanding_n and_o interpret_n the_o holy_a scripture_n especial_o the_o prophetical_a part_n thereof_o and_o particular_o of_o daniel_n and_o the_o apocalypse_n have_v a_o right_n as_o to_o be_v read_v and_o due_o consider_v by_o those_o that_o come_v after_o and_o put_v themselves_o upon_o the_o same_o province_n so_o also_o not_o to_o be_v contradict_v or_o deviate_v from_o but_o upon_o plain_a and_o palpable_a reason_n nor_o indeed_o do_v i_o think_v it_o safe_a for_o any_o one_o or_o lawful_a out_o of_o mere_a curiosity_n of_o know_v hard_a and_o obscure_a thing_n as_o they_o may_v seem_v to_o many_o to_o adventure_v upon_o such_o a_o province_n but_o simple_o either_o the_o better_a to_o inform_v himself_o of_o his_o own_o duty_n or_o to_o serve_v the_o public_a and_o have_v this_o design_n with_o fear_n and_o reverence_n as_o in_o the_o sight_n of_o god_n to_o enter_v upon_o his_o charge_n and_o according_o to_o quit_v himself_o therein_o whenas_o yet_o notwithstanding_o such_o be_v the_o vanity_n and_o frailty_n of_o human_a nature_n that_o upon_o mere_a curiosity_n many_o time_n man_n rush_v upon_o such_o thing_n neither_o consider_v the_o sacredness_n and_o difficulty_n of_o the_o matter_n nor_o due_o weigh_v what_o god_n have_v impart_v to_o other_o before_o they_o but_o out_o of_o levity_n of_o mind_n if_o they_o have_v excogitated_a or_o hit_v upon_o any_o specious_a thing_n different_a from_o other_o interpreter_n out_o of_o levity_n of_o mind_n
so_o that_o not_o only_o the_o notation_n of_o the_o name_n of_o laodicea_n intimate_v that_o to_o be_v the_o interval_n of_o the_o church_n that_o reach_v till_o the_o last_o judgement_n but_o that_o epithet_n also_o of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o combusta_fw-la that_o it_o be_v the_o interval_n next_o to_o the_o conflagration_n of_o the_o earth_n sect._n 4._o that_o place_n the_o ephesine_n interval_n within_o the_o apostle_n time_n etc._n etc._n for_o the_o ephesine_n interval_n terminate_v in_o the_o ten_o year_n of_o nero_n as_o i_o have_v show_v in_o my_o exposition_n in_o which_o interval_n all_o the_o apostle_n be_v live_v saint_n john_n long_v after_o but_o another_o character_n of_o this_o interval_n be_v that_o the_o nicolaitan_a sect_n appear_v not_o till_o present_o after_o it_o whence_o they_o be_v commend_v that_o they_o hate_v the_o deed_n of_o the_o nicolaitan_n that_o be_v such_o deed_n as_o the_o nicolaitan_n after_o be_v find_v guilty_a of_o and_o spondanus_n place_n the_o sect_n of_o the_o nicolaitan_n some_o two_o or_o three_o year_n after_o the_o ten_o of_o nero._n the_o church_n hitherto_o have_v keep_v free_a from_o such_o wretched_a debauchery_n as_o that_o sect._n 6._o as_o if_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v intend_v on_o purpose_n to_o answer_v to_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d though_o there_o be_v two_o other_o paronomastical_a allusion_n in_o the_o word_n asia_n beside_o this_o yet_o i_o do_v not_o doubt_v but_o this_o be_v also_o intend_a and_o the_o rather_o from_o the_o repeat_n so_o perpetual_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i_o know_v thy_o work_n and_o it_o be_v the_o most_o useful_a and_o the_o most_o accommodate_v to_o vulgar_a capacity_n that_o allusion_n to_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o mundus_fw-la asiathicus_fw-la lie_v more_o deep_a and_o be_v less_o intelligible_a to_o the_o vulgar_a sect._n 8._o he_o that_o have_v a_o ear_n to_o hear_v let_v he_o hear_v etc._n etc._n namely_o what_o the_o spirit_n say_v unto_o the_o church_n this_o additional_a put_v to_o that_o excitation_n to_o attention_n to_o what_o the_o spirit_n say_v unto_o the_o church_n show_v that_o all_o these_o seem_a private_a epistle_n to_o particular_a church_n be_v indeed_o one_o set_a or_o compage_n of_o epistle_n which_o concern_v the_o succeed_a interval_n of_o the_o universal_a church_n from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n whence_o the_o epiphonema_n of_o each_o epistle_n to_o every_o church_n be_v so_o frame_v as_o if_o it_o be_v direct_v to_o all_o the_o church_n that_o be_v to_o every_o interval_n thereof_o the_o whole_a be_v a_o representation_n of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n universal_a according_a to_o several_a interval_n from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n which_o they_o be_v bind_v to_o take_v notice_n of_o and_o consider_v and_o compare_v together_o for_o the_o better_a understanding_n of_o the_o whole_a sect._n 9_o and_o the_o exact_a correspondency_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o church_n to_o the_o event_n etc._n etc._n and_o not_o only_o of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o church_n but_o of_o whatsoever_o name_n of_o person_n be_v mention_v in_o any_o of_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o church_n there_o be_v a_o correspondency_n of_o these_o with_o the_o state_n or_o affair_n of_o that_o interval_n of_o the_o church_n wherever_o they_o occur_v it_o may_v be_v that_o some_o strong_a spirit_n as_o they_o be_v call_v or_o high_a and_o hard_o lofty_a wit_n will_v overlook_v these_o paronomastical_a correspondency_n or_o allusion_n in_o word_n or_o name_n as_o trifle_n but_o the_o great_a hugo_n grotius_n himself_o do_v not_o that_o make_v the_o name_n of_o every_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o church_n to_o be_v significant_a nor_o do_v peganius_n that_o incomparable_o learn_v as_o well_o as_o singular_o pious_a german_a who_o know_v nothing_o of_o my_o exposition_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n nor_o i_o of_o he_o give_v about_o the_o same_o time_n muchwhat_o the_o same_o prophetical_a exposition_n with_o allusion_n to_o the_o word_n or_o name_n that_o i_o have_v do_v which_o show_v the_o obviousness_n and_o naturalness_n of_o this_o way_n of_o open_v the_o prophetical_a sense_n of_o these_o epistle_n to_o they_o who_o judgement_n be_v free_a and_o though_o i_o know_v none_o when_o i_o set_v myself_o to_o the_o prophetical_a exposition_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n that_o hold_v it_o a_o prophecy_n of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n distinguish_v into_o so_o many_o interval_n from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n unless_o he_o that_o put_v i_o upon_o it_o may_v surmise_v some_o such_o thing_n yet_o after_o the_o publish_v my_o exposition_n i_o meet_v with_o one_o who_o be_v something_o a_o curious_a enquirer_n after_o expositor_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o scripture_n that_o name_v to_o i_o at_o least_o half_a a_o dozen_o that_o hold_v the_o seven_o church_n to_o be_v such_o a_o prophecy_n reach_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o church_n to_o the_o end_n thereof_o and_o i_o have_v have_v some_o such_o like_a information_n since_o but_o none_o of_o these_o that_o be_v of_o this_o opinion_n have_v attempt_v to_o make_v the_o thing_n out_o as_o i_o be_v inform_v from_o the_o same_o hand_n and_o very_o late_o by_o chance_n look_v again_o into_o mr._n mede_n i_o find_v he_o also_o explicit_o to_o declare_v his_o opinion_n that_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n be_v a_o prophecy_n touch_v the_o church_n universal_a à _fw-la principâ—…o_fw-la ad_fw-la finem_fw-la set_v out_o the_o different_a state_n of_o the_o church_n in_o several_a interval_n in_o that_o order_n that_o the_o seven_o church_n be_v range_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n which_o i_o have_v note_v in_o my_o preface_n to_o the_o exposition_n and_o he_o give_v two_o reason_n for_o it_o the_o one_o that_o the_o number_n seven_n be_v a_o number_n of_o entire_a revolution_n of_o time_n to_o which_o i_o will_v add_v express_o that_o as_o the_o seven_o seal_n reach_v from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o entire_a apocalyptick_a period_n who_o epocha_n be_v the_o begin_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n and_o exitus_fw-la in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n so_o do_v also_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n and_o that_o for_o that_o reason_n they_o be_v likewise_o exhibit_v under_o the_o number_n of_o seven_o his_o other_o reason_n be_v that_o if_o this_o prophetic_a sense_n be_v not_o intend_v the_o spirit_n of_o prophecy_n will_v not_o have_v pitch_v upon_o these_o seven_o church_n in_o asia_n but_o the_o letter_n will_v have_v be_v direct_v either_o to_o all_o the_o church_n or_o the_o most_o famous_a such_o as_o the_o church_n at_o antioch_n at_o alexandria_n and_o rome_n and_o many_o other_o and_o such_o as_o no_o doubt_n say_v he_o have_v need_n of_o instruction_n as_o well_o as_o those_o name_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n these_o be_v his_o two_o argument_n which_o i_o have_v not_o miss_v in_o my_o twenty_n though_o i_o never_o meet_v with_o they_o before_o that_o in_o mr._n mede_n and_o these_o two_o argument_n be_v sufficient_a to_o persuade_v that_o person_n of_o so_o excellent_a a_o wit_n and_o judgement_n of_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o thing_n in_o general_n into_o how_o deep_a a_o sopor_fw-la therefore_o or_o lethargy_n be_v their_o wit_n and_o judgement_n cast_v who_o twenty_o argument_n of_o like_a nature_n will_v not_o awake_v but_o now_o for_o a_o further_a assurance_n upon_o a_o more_o particular_a account_n which_o be_v brief_o this_o i_o first_o consider_v the_o integrum_fw-la which_o be_v to_o be_v distribute_v into_o these_o seven_o part_n which_o be_v the_o true_a apostolic_a church_n not_o contaminate_v with_o either_o pagan_a or_o pagano_n christian_n idolatry_n though_o live_v in_o various_a circumstance_n from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n now_o there_o be_v a_o complaint_n of_o eat_v thing_n sacrifice_v unto_o idol_n under_o the_o three_o and_o four_o interval_n and_o none_o in_o the_o two_o first_o and_o three_o last_o make_v i_o conceive_v that_o those_o middle_a interval_n both_o put_v together_o do_v comprehend_v no_o less_o space_n than_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o church_n before_o whole_a kingdom_n and_o nation_n have_v emerge_v out_o of_o it_o as_o it_o happen_v at_o the_o bless_a reformation_n this_o be_v the_o first_o fast_o hold_v i_o seem_v to_o have_v of_o thing_n viz._n that_o the_o pergamenian_a and_o thyatirian_a interval_n include_v the_o time_n of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o church_n till_o the_o time_n of_o reformation_n come_v the_o time_n antecedent_n to_o this_o be_v all_o that_o time_n before_o the_o apostasy_n or_o at_o least_o which_o i_o look_v upon_o as_o the_o more_o probable_a before_o the_o roman_a empire_n become_v christian_n by_o the_o conversion_n of_o constantine_n now_o this_o antecedent_n
harris_n m._n d._n late_o fellow_n of_o the_o same_o college_n a_o true_a and_o lively_a representation_n of_o popery_n show_v that_o popery_n be_v only_a new-modelled_n paganism_n quarto_fw-la the_o reason_n for_o nonconformity_n examine_v and_o refute_v quarto_fw-la mr._n lamb_n stop_v to_o the_o course_n of_o separation_n octavo_fw-la fresh_a suit_n against_o independency_n octavo_fw-la allen_n work_v octavo_fw-la 2_o vol._n r._n kidder_n '_o s_z christian_a sufferer_n support_v or_o a_o discourse_n of_o christian_a fortitude_n octavo_fw-la the_o extent_n of_o the_o author_n exposition_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n the_o change_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n by_o the_o decree_n of_o the_o watchcher_n and_o holy_a one_o into_o the_o condition_n of_o a_o ox_n how_o to_o be_v understand_v understand_v dan._n 4._o 33._o of_o the_o hand_n see_v write_v on_o the_o wall_n by_o belshazzar_n and_o of_o the_o chaldean_n soothsayer_n etc._n etc._n be_v not_o able_a to_o read_v it_o the_o interpretation_n of_o the_o say_v write_v by_o daniel_n daniel_n part._n â—…_n cap._n 38._o two_o thing_n most_o to_o be_v note_v in_o the_o 〈…〉_z shazzar_n and_o daniel_n interpretation_n interpretation_n ezech._n 7._o 17._o ch._n 21._o 7._o 7._o part._n 2._o cap._n 43._o why_o the_o author_n do_v not_o undertake_v the_o whole_a exposition_n of_o daniel_n why_o he_o undertake_v the_o prophetical_a part_n what_o the_o manner_n and_o nature_n of_o his_o performance_n therein_o and_o how_o gross_o calvin_n be_v mistake_v in_o interpret_n daniel_n in_o those_o part_n of_o the_o vision_n that_o fall_v in_o with_o the_o apocalypse_n that_o yet_o grotius_n be_v far_o more_o intolerable_a and_o in_o what_o regard_n whythe_n author_n have_v prefer_v 〈…〉_z epochâ—…_n of_o the_o seventy_o week_n before_o joseph_n mede'_v why_o he_o so_o often_o name_v the_o writer_n he_o make_v use_v of_o contrary_a to_o the_o profess_a purpose_n of_o grotius_n who_o suppress_v their_o name_n of_o the_o usefulness_n of_o faithful_a exposition_n of_o the_o divine_a prophecy_n and_o the_o requisiâ—…eness_n of_o the_o read_v the_o same_o same_o chap._n 39_o the_o feign_a and_o hypocritical_a modesty_n of_o such_o as_o pretend_v inability_n of_o study_v daniel_n and_o the_o apocalypse_n what_o be_v at_o the_o bottom_n of_o this_o hypocritical_a modesty_n or_o shieness_n clear_a proof_n that_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o apocalypse_n be_v intelligible_a and_o what_o a_o touchstone_n they_o be_v to_o try_v a_o true_a christian._n dan._n ch._n 12._o ver_fw-la 10._o the_o enravish_a pleasure_n in_o read_v and_o right_o understand_v the_o vision_n of_o daniel_n the_o vast_a comprehensiveness_n of_o christ_n care_n over_o his_o church_n discover_v in_o they_o why_o christ_n do_v not_o prevent_v rather_o than_o predict_v the_o persecution_n of_o his_o saint_n the_o manner_n of_o christ_n work_a miracle_n and_o his_o communicate_v prophecy_n compare_v one_o with_o another_o the_o reason_n of_o the_o author_n his_o add_v the_o first_o part_n of_o his_o threefold_a appendage_n the_o popish_a fabulous_a notion_n of_o antichrist_n and_o how_o it_o drive_v grotius_n to_o embrace_v porphyriuâ—…_n his_o opinion_n touch_v the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n in_o favour_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o why_o he_o reject_v the_o conceit_n of_o mahomet_n be_v antichrist_n the_o great_a importance_n of_o prove_v the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n to_o be_v the_o roman_a for_o make_v good_a the_o opinion_n of_o the_o ancient_a father_n that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n with_o eye_n be_v the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n etc._n etc._n and_o consequent_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n the_o time_n of_o the_o papacy_n how_o manifest_a it_o be_v out_o of_o the_o 〈◊〉_d that_o the_o pope_n be_v the_o very_a 〈◊〉_d that_o thâ—â—_n 〈…〉_z representation_n antichrist_n and_o false_a notion_n of_o idolatry_n to_o shelter_v their_o church_n from_o seem_v idolatrous_a and_o the_o pope_n from_o appear_v to_o be_v antichrist_n be_v indeed_o a_o acknowledge_v the_o pope_n to_o be_v antichrist_n and_o their_o church_n guilty_a of_o idolatry_n the_o second_o part_n of_o the_o appendage_n the_o usefulness_n thereof_o in_o settle_v the_o table_n of_o synchronism_n and_o discover_v the_o vain_a conceit_n of_o man_n about_o the_o â—…ising_n of_o the_o witness_n the_o main_a testimony_n of_o the_o persecute_a witness_n what_o it_o be_v and_o that_o there_o be_v a_o resurrection_n of_o these_o witness_n in_o the_o reformation_n a_o sevenfold_a usefulness_n of_o prove_v the_o late_a reformation_n from_o the_o vial_n follow_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o witness_n to_o be_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o same_o the_o first_o usefulness_n viz._n the_o discovery_n of_o the_o popedom_n to_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n and_o reform_a christendom_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ._n the_o second_o usefulness_n against_o the_o fifth-monarchy_n man_n the_o three_o usefulness_n against_o the_o contemner_n and_o despiser_n of_o the_o reformation_n or_o unjust_a censurer_n of_o it_o 〈◊〉_d 5._o 22._o galat._n 5._o 19_o the_o four_o usefulness_n the_o conciliation_n of_o due_a reverence_n and_o obedience_n to_o all_o the_o magistrate_n as_o well_o spiritual_a as_o temporal_a in_o reform_a christendom_n the_o five_o usefulness_n for_o the_o justify_v the_o reformation_n from_o all_o imputation_n of_o injury_n or_o heâ—…_n resie_n in_o cast_v off_o the_o pope_n the_o six_o usefulness_n to_o show_v the_o â—…wrodâ—…_n of_o either_o public_a or_o private_a person_n revolt_v from_o the_o reform_a religion_n to_o popery_n the_o last_o usefulness_n for_o the_o free_a man_n mind_n from_o the_o vain_a fear_n of_o the_o witness_n be_v to_o be_v slay_v and_o as_o idle_a hope_n when_o they_o be_v slay_v that_o they_o will_v rise_v within_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a half_a galat._n 5._o 15._o reason_n why_o he_o add_v the_o three_o part_n of_o his_o appendage_n as_o first_o from_o the_o sardian_n church_n its_o be_v so_o plain_a a_o representation_n of_o the_o reform_a church_n as_o balthasar_n willius_n and_o ludovicus_n crocius_n have_v note_v before_o he_o the_o sâ—…ules_n of_o the_o reform_a church_n lay_v before_o they_o with_o commination_n from_o christ_n in_o his_o epistle_n to_o the_o church_n in_o sardis_n apoc._n 3._o 2._o ephes._n 5._o 14._o the_o second_o reason_n why_o he_o add_v the_o three_o part_n of_o his_o appendage_n viz._n for_o the_o description_n sake_n of_o the_o philadelphian_a interval_n which_o be_v to_o succeed_v the_o sardian_n st._n paul_n description_n of_o charity_n with_o a_o brief_a explication_n thereof_o and_o consequent_o of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o philadelphian_a church_n matt._n 5._o 6._o 1_o cor._n 13._o 4._o that_o the_o sardian_n church_n the_o near_o she_o make_v towards_o the_o pattern_n of_o the_o philadelphian_a the_o great_a will_v be_v her_o safety_n but_o that_o her_o slackness_n there_o may_v hazard_v all_o the_o three_o and_o last_o reason_n of_o his_o add_v the_o three_o part_n of_o his_o appendage_n the_o author_n justification_n of_o his_o zeal_n for_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o reform_a religion_n from_o the_o seasonableness_n thereof_o left_a man_n dishonour_n god_n and_o the_o profession_n of_o true_a religion_n by_o their_o foul_a apostasy_n that_o there_o be_v no_o immoderateness_n nor_o extravagancy_n in_o his_o zeal_n for_o the_o reform_a religion_n gal._n 4._o 18._o 18._o book_n 2._o chap._n 19_o with_o what_o great_a sincerity_n and_o assurance_n the_o author_n have_v write_v his_o exposition_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o apocalypse_n especial_o in_o those_o part_n that_o concern_v the_o grand_a point_n betwixt_o we_o and_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n a_o brief_a reply_n to_o the_o contemner_n of_o his_o wellgrounded_n confidence_n what_o effect_n his_o exposition_n be_v like_a to_o have_v with_o the_o more_o sober_a mind_a protestant_n particular_o in_o reference_n to_o loyalty_n to_o their_o prince_n and_o seemly_a behaviour_n to_o other_o magistrate_n dialog_n 5._o sect._n 29._o how_o the_o reform_a church_n be_v boâ—…nd_v with_o all_o attentiveness_n to_o read_v christ_n epistle_n to_o the_o church_n in_o sardis_n and_o of_o the_o sound_n and_o â—…avoury_a doctrine_n in_o the_o book_n of_o homily_n of_o the_o church_n of_o england_n several_a weighty_a reason_n why_o no_o protestant_n shall_v change_v his_o religion_n upon_o the_o solicitation_n of_o the_o emissary_n of_o rome_n 2_o cor._n 11._o 2._o apoc._n 20._o 20._o apoc._n 19_o 〈…〉_z chap._n 11._o â—…_n â—…_n 2_o macc._n 6._o 1._o 1._o isai._n 8._o 20._o â—…_n sam._n 9_o 9_o apoc._n 1._o 1_o 3._o apoc._n 2._o 10_o 11._o apoc._n 20._o 6._o apoc._n 2._o 12._o apoc._n 2._o 18._o
the_o coincidence_n of_o time_n with_o the_o paganoâ—…christian_a empire_n and_o the_o long_a continuance_n as_o also_o the_o difference_n of_o this_o kingdom_n from_o the_o other_o ten_o be_v more_o than_o a_o strong_a suspicion_n that_o it_o be_v part_n of_o the_o succession_n of_o a_o kingdom_n ecclesiastic_a which_o be_v necessary_o to_o run_v along_o with_o the_o empire_n profess_v christianity_n but_o if_o the_o question_n be_v whether_o this_o part_n of_o this_o ecclesiastic_a kingdom_n be_v the_o uncorrupted_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n or_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n the_o solution_n be_v not_o difficult_a for_o that_o it_o be_v not_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v plain_a in_o that_o christ_n be_v say_v to_o come_v to_o burn_v and_o consume_v it_o whence_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o church_n have_v not_o be_v out_o in_o their_o conjecture_n in_o deem_v this_o little_a horn_n to_o be_v antichrist_n and_o therefore_o say_v i_o the_o same_o with_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n and_o the_o whore_n who_o be_v plain_o isochronal_a and_o i_o doubt_v not_o but_o synchronal_a to_o this_o little_a horn_n and_o be_v adjudge_v to_o be_v burn_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n as_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v here_o in_o daniel_n 15._o to_o speak_v brief_o therefore_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v the_o idolatrize_a clergy_n of_o the_o empire_n but_o more_o chief_o and_o particular_o that_o great_a and_o notorious_a part_n thereof_o under_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n who_o have_v be_v a_o more_o than_o ordinary_a stickler_n for_o both_o the_o obtain_n this_o degenerate_a ecclesiastic_a empire_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o in_o lapse_v and_o keep_v down_o the_o empire_n in_o superstition_n and_o idolatry_n and_o therefore_o be_v right_o say_v to_o be_v a_o horn_n grow_v out_o of_o this_o beast_n the_o symbol_n beast_n itself_o according_a to_o grotius_n his_o own_o confession_n intimate_v idolatry_n 16._o and_o if_o exquisite_a fitness_n of_o application_n will_v assure_v we_o of_o the_o right_a sense_n of_o a_o prophecy_n we_o can_v fail_v in_o this_o examine_v every_o character_n of_o this_o little_a horn._n for_o as_o it_o be_v little_a so_o be_v the_o original_a of_o the_o pope_n mean_a and_o obscure_a and_o their_o secular_a principality_n small_a in_o comparison_n of_o those_o prince_n they_o have_v contest_v with_o again_o as_o this_o horn_n have_v the_o eye_n of_o a_o man_n so_o it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o for_o politic_a quicksightedness_n there_o have_v not_o be_v any_o body_n of_o man_n comparable_a to_o the_o roman_a hierarchy_n insomuch_o that_o it_o be_v proverbial_a to_o say_v that_o the_o roman_a religion_n be_v nothing_o else_o but_o a_o mere_a trick_n of_o policy_n to_o increase_v and_o keep_v up_o the_o honour_n power_n and_o wealth_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o clergy_n see_v sir_n edwin_n sandys_n his_o speculum_fw-la europae_n and_o you_o shall_v find_v this_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n fulfil_v to_o admiration_n and_o that_o it_o be_v not_o for_o nothing_o that_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v say_v to_o have_v the_o eye_n of_o a_o man_n in_o it_o which_o be_v say_v of_o no_o horn_n in_o all_o the_o prophecy_n beside_o this_o three_o as_o this_o horn_n be_v say_v to_o have_v a_o mouth_n speak_v great_a thing_n whether_o you_o mean_v thereby_o boast_v of_o its_o own_o sovereignty_n or_o blaspheme_v it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o from_o this_o horn_n be_v utter_v such_o word_n as_o imply_v the_o pope_n great_a than_o all_o prince_n and_o emperor_n nay_o that_o he_o be_v not_o only_o say_v to_o be_v infallible_a *_o but_o style_v god_n and_o declare_v worthy_a of_o divine_a worship_n four_o for_o the_o humble_v and_o subdue_a three_o king_n which_o this_o horn_n be_v foretell_v to_o do_v be_v it_o not_o long_o since_o perform_v by_o the_o pope_n of_o rome_n in_o his_o usage_n of_o leo_n isaurus_n in_o his_o ruine_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lombard_n to_o get_v to_o himself_o the_o exarchate_o of_o ravenna_n and_o in_o torment_v and_o disquiet_v henry_n the_o four_o and_o his_o successor_n with_o his_o thunderclaps_a and_o mischievous_a political_a plot_n till_o he_o wrest_v from_o they_o all_o their_o right_n and_o jurisdiction_n in_o italy_n 17._o five_o and_o to_o come_v near_o to_o our_o purpose_n in_o hand_n whereas_o it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o shall_v speak_v great_a word_n against_o the_o most_o high_a and_o shall_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a and_o think_v to_o change_v time_n and_o law_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v give_v into_o his_o hand_n for_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n i_o say_v this_o idolatrous_a clergy_n have_v bid_v fair_a towards_o the_o fulfil_n this_o period_n of_o time_n already_o the_o degeneracy_n of_o the_o church_n beginning_n about_o four_o hundred_o year_n after_o christ_n and_o which_o be_v more_o considerable_a they_o have_v receive_v so_o notorious_a a_o check_n in_o the_o decursion_n of_o this_o half-time_n which_o be_v elsewhere_o call_v a_o half-day_n in_o which_o his_o swagger_a be_v pretty_a well_o diminish_v and_o chastise_v six_o and_o for_o his_o wear_n out_o and_o consume_v the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a he_o have_v do_v it_o even_o more_o bloody_o and_o cruel_o than_o the_o very_a pagan_n on_o the_o primitive_a christian_n which_o be_v the_o most_o furious_a opposition_n against_o the_o regality_n of_o christ_n that_o can_v be_v imagine_v thus_o to_o waste_v and_o destroy_v his_o true_a subject_n seven_o and_o for_o his_o speak_v great_a word_n against_o the_o most_o high_a that_o be_v against_o the_o divine_a sovereignty_n be_v it_o not_o plain_o do_v in_o the_o pope_n pretence_n of_o have_v power_n to_o dispense_v with_o or_o lay_v aside_o the_o law_n and_o injunction_n of_o christ_n of_o which_o we_o have_v give_v several_a instance_n in_o our_o idea_n of_o antichristianism_n and_o such_o as_o be_v notorious_o well_o know_v to_o appertain_v to_o that_o church_n beside_o that_o he_o be_v reus_n laesae_fw-la divinae_fw-la majestatis_fw-la in_o appoint_v religious_a worship_n to_o his_o canonize_a saint_n which_o be_v a_o honour_n due_a to_o god_n alone_o last_o in_o that_o he_o be_v say_v to_o change_v time_n and_o law_n what_o innumerable_a institutes_n be_v there_o of_o the_o pope_n enjoin_v of_o which_o may_v be_v true_o say_v what_o our_o saviour_n tell_v the_o scribe_n and_o pharisee_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d from_o the_o beginning_n it_o be_v not_o so_o and_o what_o be_v this_o therefore_o but_o to_o change_v time_n and_o law_n and_o in_o many_o of_o they_o in_o a_o most_o perfect_a opposition_n to_o the_o law_n of_o god_n and_o christ_n as_o i_o have_v already_o note_v in_o its_o place_n whence_o we_o see_v plain_o that_o this_o antichristian_a opposition_n against_o the_o regal_a office_n of_o christ_n be_v very_o express_o foretell_v in_o this_o vision_n of_o the_o little_a hornâ—…_n which_o rise_v up_o with_o the_o ten_o horn_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o do_v fabricate_a imperium_fw-la in_o imperio_fw-la as_o some_o phrase_n it_o and_o become_v a_o two-horned_a beast_n in_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n erect_v a_o ecclesiastic_a antichristian_a empire_n within_o the_o civil_a in_o opposition_n to_o the_o true_a empire_n or_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o in_o defeatment_n of_o his_o power_n and_o law_n in_o the_o church_n nay_o in_o opposition_n to_o those_o immutable_a law_n of_o the_o eternal_a logos_fw-la that_o enlighten_v every_o man_n that_o come_v into_o the_o world_n note_n upon_o the_o confutation_n sect._n 2._o be_v neither_o great_a more_o excellent_a nor_o a_o more_o viâ—…torious_a kingdom_n etc._n etc._n for_o they_o both_o viz._n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n put_v together_o be_v yet_o but_o part_n of_o alexander_n kingdom_n and_o for_o their_o victory_n and_o spoil_n they_o be_v of_o one_o against_o another_o which_o be_v a_o far_a weaken_n of_o this_o but_o part_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n which_o still_o argue_v the_o less_o excellency_n of_o the_o say_a part_n sect._n 4._o for_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v dead_a almost_o two_o hundred_o year_n before_o christ_n so_o much_o as_o etc._n etc._n and_o yet_o grotius_n will_v have_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n the_o little_a horn_n upon_o who_o destruction_n notwithstanding_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n give_v the_o kingdom_n to_o the_o son_n of_o man_n dan._n 2._o 44._o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n the_o four_o and_o last_o of_o which_o be_v according_a to_o grotius_n that_o of_o the._n lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n which_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n whenas_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lagidae_n and_o seleucidae_n be_v both_o of_o they_o utter_o vanquish_v and_o abolish_v by_o the_o roman_n before_o